-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, KkBoPd64Ic19gASPBfz3YSpxMACIXxG/2YWgcyZyI8k/bp9pqHQE/ads94URobhr TsJXwx6xB697CuNJQZ0brw== 0001193125-06-039674.txt : 20060227 0001193125-06-039674.hdr.sgml : 20060227 20060227130458 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001193125-06-039674 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 12 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20051231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20060227 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20060227 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: SCHWAB CHARLES CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000316709 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SECURITY BROKERS, DEALERS & FLOTATION COMPANIES [6211] IRS NUMBER: 943025021 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-09700 FILM NUMBER: 06645661 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 120 KEARNY STREET CITY: SAN FRANCISCO STATE: CA ZIP: 94104 BUSINESS PHONE: 4156277000 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 101 MONTGOMERY ST CITY: SAN FRANCISCO STATE: CA ZIP: 94104 10-K 1 d10k.htm FORM 10-K Form 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

 

Commission file number 1-9700

 

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   94-3025021
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

120 Kearny Street, San Francisco, CA 94108

(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (415) 627-7000

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock-$.01 par value

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  x    No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes  ¨    No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x    No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x

 

Accelerated filer ¨

 

Non-accelerated filer ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  ¨    No  x

 

As of June 30, 2005, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was $11,931,717,950. For purposes of this information, the outstanding shares of Common Stock owned by directors and executive officers of the registrant, and certain investment companies managed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. were deemed to be shares of the voting stock held by affiliates.

 

The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of January 31, 2006 was 1,289,815,923.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates certain information contained in the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders, to be held May 18, 2006, by reference to that document.



Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Annual Report On Form 10-K

For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part I

         

Item 1.

   Business    1
    

General Corporate Overview

   1
    

Business Strategy and Competitive Environment

   1
    

Products and Services

   2
    

Regulation

   4
    

Sources of Revenues

   5
    

Available Information

   5

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors    5

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Comments    8

Item 2.

   Properties    8

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings    9

Item 4.

   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    10
Part II          

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    11

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data    12

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    13
    

Overview

   13
    

Results of Operations

   14
    

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   22
    

Risk Management

   26
    

Critical Accounting Policies

   29
    

Forward-Looking Statements

   31

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    33

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    35

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    80

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures    80

Item 9B.

   Other Information    80

Part III

         

Item 10.

   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    80

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation    82

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    82

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    83

Item 14.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services    83

Part IV

         

Item 15.

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule    83
    

Exhibit Index

   83
    

Signatures

   88
    

Index to Financial Statement Schedule

   F-1


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

General Corporate Overview

 

The Charles Schwab Corporation (CSC), headquartered in San Francisco, California, was incorporated in 1986 and engages, through its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the Company, and primarily located in San Francisco except as indicated), in securities brokerage, banking, and related financial services. Client assets totaled $1.199 trillion in 7.1 million active client accounts(a) at December 31, 2005. Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab), which was incorporated in 1971, is a securities broker-dealer with 296 domestic branch offices in 45 states, as well as a branch in each of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and London, U.K. In addition, Schwab serves clients in Hong Kong through one of CSC’s subsidiaries. U.S. Trust Corporation (USTC, and with its subsidiaries collectively referred to as U.S. Trust), which was acquired in 2000 and is located in New York City, New York, is a wealth management firm that through its subsidiaries also provides fiduciary services and private banking services with 32 offices in 13 states. Charles Schwab Bank, N.A. (Schwab Bank), which commenced operations in April 2003, is a retail bank located in Reno, Nevada.

 

Other subsidiaries of CSC include Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM), CyberTrader, Inc. (CyberTrader), and The Charles Schwab Trust Company (CSTC). CSIM is the investment advisor for Schwab’s proprietary mutual funds, which are referred to as the Schwab Funds®. CyberTrader, which was acquired in 2000 and is located in Austin, Texas, is an electronic trading technology and brokerage firm providing services to highly active, online traders. CSTC serves as trustee for employee benefit plans, primarily 401(k) plans.

 

In 2004, the Company sold its capital markets business, consisting of the partnership interests of Schwab Capital Markets L.P. and all of the outstanding capital stock of SoundView Technology Group, Inc. (collectively referred to as Schwab Soundview Capital Markets, or SSCM). In 2003, the Company substantially exited from its international operations with the sales of its U.K. brokerage subsidiary, Charles Schwab Europe, and its investment in Aitken Campbell, a market-making joint venture in the U.K. In 2001, USTC sold its Corporate Trust business.

 

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had full-time, part-time and temporary employees, and persons employed on a contract basis that represented the equivalent of 14,000 full-time employees.

 

The Company provides financial services to individuals and institutional clients through three segments – Schwab Investor Services, Schwab Institutional®, and U.S. Trust. The Schwab Investor Services segment includes the Company’s retail brokerage and banking operations, as well as the division that serves company 401(k) plan sponsors and third-party administrators and supports company stock option plans. The Schwab Institutional segment provides custodial, trading and support services to independent investment advisors (IAs). The U.S. Trust segment provides investment, wealth management, custody, fiduciary, and private banking services to individual and institutional clients. For financial information by segment for the three years ended December 31, 2005, see “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – 24. Segment Information.”

 

Business Strategy and Competitive Environment

 

Consistent with the Company’s vision of being the most useful and ethical provider of financial services in the world, its primary strategy is to meet the financial services needs of individual investors and the independent IAs who serve them. In pursuit of this strategy, the Company endeavors to provide clients with a compelling combination of personalized relationships, superior service, and competitive pricing. The Company also strives to combine people and technology in ways that facilitate the delivery of a full range of investment services at great value. People provide the client focus and personal touch that are essential in serving investors, while technology helps create services that are scalable and consistent. This combination helps the Company address a wide range of client needs – from tools and information for self-directed investing or active trading, to advice services or wealth management, to retirement plans, to support services for independent IAs – while enabling each client to easily utilize some or all of these capabilities according to each client’s unique circumstances.


(a) Accounts with balances or activity within the preceding eight months.

 

- 1 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

The Company’s competition in serving individual investors includes a wide range of brokerage, wealth management and asset management firms. In serving these investors and competing for a growing percentage of the trillions of dollars of investable wealth in the U.S., the Company offers a multi-channel service delivery model which includes branch, telephonic, and online capabilities. Under this model, the Company can offer personalized service at competitive prices while giving clients the choice of where, when, and how they do business with the firm. Schwab’s network of branches and regional telephone service centers is staffed with trained and experienced financial consultants (FCs) focused on building and sustaining client relationships. The Company offers the ability to meet client investing needs through a single ongoing point of contact, even as those needs change over time. In particular, management believes that the Company’s ability to provide those clients seeking help, guidance, or advice with an integrated, individually tailored solution – ranging from occasional consultations to an ongoing relationship with a Schwab FC, IA, or U.S. Trust advisor – is a competitive strength versus the more fragmented offerings of other firms.

 

The Company’s online and telephonic channels provide quick and efficient access to an extensive array of information, research, tools, trade execution, and administrative services, which clients can access according to their needs. For example, as clients trade more actively, they can use these channels to access highly competitive pricing, expert tools, and extensive service capabilities – including experienced, knowledgeable teams of trading specialists and integrated product offerings. Individuals investing for retirement through 401(k) plans can take advantage of the Company’s bundled offering of multiple investment choices, education, and third-party advice. Management also believes the Company is able to compete with the wide variety of financial services firms striving to attract individual client relationships by complementing these capabilities with the extensive array of investment, banking and lending products described in the following section.

 

In the IA arena, the Company competes with institutional custodians, traditional and discount brokers, banks, and trust companies. Management believes that its Schwab Institutional segment can maintain its market leadership position primarily through the efforts of its expanded sales and support teams, which are dedicated to helping IAs grow, compete, and succeed. In addition to focusing on superior service, Schwab Institutional competes by utilizing technology to provide IAs with a highly-developed, scalable platform for administering their clients’ assets easily and efficiently. Schwab Institutional also sponsors a variety of national, regional, and local events designed to help IAs identify and implement better ways to grow and manage their practices efficiently.

 

Another important aspect of the Company’s ability to compete is its ongoing focus on efficiency and productivity, as lower costs give the Company greater flexibility in its approach to pricing and investing for growth. Management believes that this flexibility remains important in light of the current competitive environment, in which a number of competitors have reduced online trading commission rates and account fees. Additionally, the Company’s nationwide marketing effort is an important competitive tool because it reinforces the attributes of the Schwab®, U.S. Trust®, and CyberTrader® brands, thereby leveraging the local business development efforts of the 4,600 Company client-facing staff in its offices and service centers.

 

Products and Services

 

The Company offers a broad range of products to address its clients’ varying investment and financial needs. Examples of these product offerings include:

 

  Brokerage – various asset management accounts including some with check-writing features, individual retirement accounts, retirement plans for small to large businesses, 529 college savings accounts, and margin loans, as well as access to fixed income securities and equity and debt offerings;

 

  Banking – first mortgages, home equity lines of credit, pledged-asset mortgages, checking accounts linked to brokerage accounts, certificates of deposit, demand deposit accounts, private banking accounts, and credit cards; and

 

  Mutual funds – third-party mutual funds through Mutual Fund Marketplace®, including no-load mutual funds through the Mutual Fund OneSource® service, proprietary mutual funds from three fund families – Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds, and Excelsior® Funds, and mutual fund trading and clearing services to broker-dealers.

 

These products, and the Company’s full array of investing services, are made available through its three segments – Schwab Investor Services, Schwab Institutional, and U.S. Trust.

 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Schwab Investor Services

 

Clients of the Company, through the Schwab Investor Services segment have access to the services described below.

 

The Company offers research, analytic tools, performance reports, market analysis, and educational material to all clients. Clients looking for more guidance have access to online portfolio planning tools, as well as professional advice from Schwab’s portfolio consultants who can help develop an investment strategy and carry out investment and portfolio management decisions.

 

Schwab strives to demystify investing by educating and assisting clients in the development of investment plans. Educational tools include workshops, interactive courses, and online information about investing. Additionally, Schwab provides various Internet-based research and analysis tools which are designed to help clients achieve better investment outcomes. As an example of such tools, Schwab Equity Ratings® is a quantitative model-based stock rating system which provides all clients with ratings on approximately 3,000 stocks, assigning each equity a single grade: A, B, C, D, or F. Stocks are rated based on specific factors relating to fundamentals, valuation, momentum, and risk and ranked so that the number of ‘buy consideration’ ratings – As and Bs – equals the number of ‘sell consideration’ ratings – Ds and Fs.

 

Clients may need specific investment recommendations either from time to time or on an ongoing basis. The Company seeks to provide clients seeking advice with customized solutions that are uncomplicated and not influenced by commissions on transactions. The Company’s approach to advice is based on long-term investment strategies and guidance on portfolio diversification and asset allocation. This approach is designed to be offered consistently across all of Schwab’s delivery channels.

 

Schwab Private ClientTM features a face-to-face advice relationship with a designated Schwab consultant who offers individualized service, provides ongoing investment strategy and execution, and acts as a liaison between clients and a team of Schwab professionals.

 

For clients seeking a relationship in which investment decisions are fully delegated to a financial professional, the Company offers several alternatives. The Company can refer investors who want to utilize a specific third-party money manager to direct a portion of their investment assets through the Schwab Managed Account program. In addition, clients who want the assistance of an independent professional in managing their financial affairs may be referred to IAs in the Schwab Advisor Network®. These IAs provide personalized portfolio management, financial planning, and wealth management solutions. In addition, certain clients and potential clients who desire personalized investment management, wealth management, trust, and private banking services can also receive referrals to U.S. Trust.

 

The Company strives to deliver information, education, technology, service, and pricing which meet the specific needs of clients who trade actively. CyberTrader offers integrated Web- and software-based trading platforms, which incorporate direct access and intelligent order routing technology, real-time market data, options trading, and premium stock research. Schwab also offers Web- and software-based trading platforms with similar account and trade management features, risk management tools, and dedicated personal support, as well as multi-channel access.

 

The Company’s international business serves both foreign investors and non-English-speaking U.S. clients who wish to trade or invest in U.S. dollar-based securities. The Company has a physical presence in the United Kingdom and Hong Kong. In the U.S., the Company serves Chinese-, Korean-, Vietnamese-, and Spanish-speaking clients through a combination of designated branch offices and Web-based and telephonic services.

 

The Company provides 401(k) recordkeeping and other retirement plan services to corporations and professional organizations. A dedicated sales force markets these services directly to such organizations, and the Company also serves plan sponsors indirectly through alliances with third-party administrators. The Company’s bundled 401(k) retirement plan product offers plan sponsors a wide array of investment options, participant education and servicing, trustee services, and participant-level recordkeeping. Participants in these plans have access to customized advice provided by a third party.

 

- 3 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Schwab Institutional

 

Through the Schwab Institutional segment, Schwab provides custodial, trading, technology, Web, and other support services to IAs. To attract and serve IAs, Schwab Institutional has a dedicated sales force and service teams assigned to meet their needs.

 

IAs who custody client accounts at Schwab may use proprietary software which provides IAs with up-to-date client account information, as well as trading capabilities. IAs may also utilize the Schwab Institutional website, the core platform for IAs to conduct daily business activities online with Schwab, including submitting client account information, and retrieving news and market information. In addition, IAs and their clients have access to a broad range of the Company’s products and services.

 

U.S Trust

 

U.S. Trust provides a wide array of wealth management services for affluent individuals and their families. These services include investment consulting and management; financial, retirement, and estate planning; fiduciary services; and private banking. For clients with less than $5 million in assets, U.S. Trust offers Wealth Advisory Accounts, an investment advisory service that utilizes proprietary and third-party mutual funds and model portfolios. For clients with $5 million to $50 million in assets, U.S. Trust offers customized wealth management services, which include individually managed balanced portfolios, as well as proprietary and third-party specialized investment management services. For clients with assets of more than $50 million, U.S. Trust provides specialized fiduciary, financial planning, enhanced master custody, and philanthropic consulting services, in addition to investment consulting and management. U.S. Trust offers private banking services to help meet the credit and liquidity needs of its clients.

 

For institutional clients, including corporations, financial institutions, endowments, foundations, and pension plans, U.S. Trust provides investment management and special fiduciary services. U.S. Trust offers a wide range of asset classes and investment styles, including domestic and international equity investments, structured investments, alternative investments, fixed income securities, and short-term cash management. Additionally, U.S. Trust is a provider of specialized investment management, fiduciary, and consulting services for employee benefit plans.

 

Regulation

 

CSC is a financial holding company, which is a type of bank holding company subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. CSC’s depository institution subsidiaries, including Schwab Bank and affiliates of U.S. Trust, are subject to regulation under federal and state laws, including supervision by federal and state banking authorities.

 

The securities industry in the United States is subject to extensive regulation under both federal and state laws. Schwab and CyberTrader are registered as broker-dealers with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the fifty states, and the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. Schwab and CSIM are registered as investment advisors with the SEC. Additionally, Schwab is regulated by the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) with respect to the futures and commodities trading activities it conducts as an introducing broker.

 

Much of the regulation of broker-dealers has been delegated to self-regulatory organizations (SROs), namely the national securities exchanges, the National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD), and the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB). Schwab is a member of several national securities exchanges and is consequently subject to their rules and regulations. The primary regulators of Schwab and CyberTrader are the NASD and, for municipal securities, the MSRB. The CFTC has designated the National Futures Association (NFA) as Schwab’s primary regulator for futures and commodities trading activities. The Company’s business is also subject to oversight by regulatory bodies in other countries in which the Company operates.

 

The principal purpose of regulating broker-dealers and investment advisors is the protection of clients and the securities markets. The regulations to which broker-dealers and investment advisors are subject cover all aspects of the securities business, including, among other things, sales and trading practices, publication of research, margin lending, uses and safekeeping of clients’ funds and securities, capital adequacy, recordkeeping and reporting, fee arrangements, disclosure to clients, fiduciary duties owed to advisory clients, and the conduct of directors, officers and employees.

 

- 4 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

The Company is subject to claims, lawsuits, regulatory examinations, and enforcement proceedings in the ordinary course of business, which can result in settlements, awards, censures, fines, cease and desist orders, or suspension or expulsion of an affiliate, its officers, or employees.

 

As registered broker-dealers, certain subsidiaries of CSC, including Schwab are subject to SEC Rule 15c3-1 (the Net Capital Rule) and related SRO requirements. The CFTC and NFA also impose net capital requirements. The Net Capital Rule specifies minimum capital requirements that are intended to ensure the general financial soundness and liquidity of broker-dealers. Because CSC itself is not a registered broker-dealer, it is not subject to the Net Capital Rule. However, if Schwab failed to maintain specified levels of net capital, such failure would constitute a default by CSC under certain debt covenants.

 

The Net Capital Rule limits broker-dealers’ ability to transfer capital to parent companies and other affiliates. Compliance with the Net Capital Rule could limit Schwab’s operations and its ability to repay subordinated debt to CSC, which in turn could limit CSC’s ability to repay debt, pay cash dividends, and purchase shares of its outstanding stock.

 

Sources of Revenues

 

For revenue information by source for the three years ended December 31, 2005, see “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Revenues.”

 

Available Information

 

The Company files annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that issuers (including the Company) file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s Internet website is www.sec.gov.

 

On the Company’s Internet website, www.aboutschwab.com, the Company posts the following recent filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC: the Company’s annual reports on Form 10-K, the Company’s quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, the Company’s current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. All such filings are available free of charge either on the Company’s website or by request via email (investor.relations@schwab.com), telephone (415-636-2787), or mail (Charles Schwab Investor Relations at 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104).

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

The Company faces a variety of risks that may affect its operations or financial results, and many of those risks are driven by factors that the Company cannot control or predict. The following discussion addresses those risks that management believes are the most significant, although there may be other risks that could arise, or may prove to be more significant than expected, that may affect the Company’s operations or financial results.

 

For a discussion of the Company’s risk management, including technology and operating risk and legal and regulatory risk, see “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management.”

 

There has been aggressive price competition in the Company’s industry, which may continue in the future.

 

The Company continually monitors its pricing in relation to competitors and periodically adjusts commission rates, interest rates, and other fee structures to enhance its competitive position. Increased competition, including pricing pressure, could harm the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

The industry in which the Company competes has recently undergone a period of consolidation and the Company now faces stronger competitors.

 

The Company faces intense competition for the clients that it serves and the products and services it offers. There has recently been significant consolidation as financial institutions with which the Company competes have been acquired by or merged

 

- 5 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

into or acquired other firms. This consolidation may continue. Competition is based on many factors, including the range of products and services offered, pricing, customer service, brand recognition, reputation, and perceived financial strength. Consolidations may enable other firms to offer a broader range of products and services than the Company does, or offer such products at more competitive prices.

 

The Company faces intense competition in hiring and retaining qualified employees, especially for employees who are key to the Company’s ability to build and enhance client relationships.

 

The market for quality professionals and other personnel in the Company’s business is highly competitive. Competition is particularly strong for financial consultants who build and sustain the Company’s client relationships. The Company’s ability to continue to compete effectively will depend upon its ability to attract new employees and retain existing employees while managing compensation costs.

 

Extensive regulation of the Company’s businesses limits the Company’s activities and may subject it to significant penalties.

 

As a participant in the securities and financial services industries, the Company is subject to extensive regulation under both federal and state laws by governmental agencies, supervisory authorities, and SROs. Such regulation continues to become more extensive and complex. The requirements imposed by the Company’s regulators are designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect clients. These regulations often serve to limit the Company’s activities by way of net capital, customer protection and market conduct requirements, and restrictions on the businesses in which the Company may operate. Despite the Company’s efforts to comply with applicable regulations, there are a number of risks, particularly in areas where applicable regulations may be unclear or where regulators revise their previous guidance. Any enforcement actions or other proceedings brought by the Company’s regulators could result in fines, penalties, cease and desist orders, enforcement actions, or suspension or expulsion of an affiliate, its officers, or employees, any of which could harm the Company’s reputation and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to litigation and may not always be successful in defending itself against such claims.

 

The Company is subject to claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of its business, which can result in settlements and awards. It is inherently difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of these matters, particularly in cases in which claimants seek substantial or unspecified damages, and a substantial judgment, settlement, fine, or penalty could be material to the Company’s operating results for a particular future period, depending on the Company’s results for that period.

 

Changes in legislation, rules, and regulations could negatively impact the Company’s business and financial results.

 

New legislation, rule changes, or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing federal, state and SRO rules and regulations may directly affect the operation and profitability of the Company. The profitability of the Company could also be affected by rules and regulations which impact the business and financial communities generally, including changes to the laws governing taxation, electronic commerce, and security of client data.

 

A significant decrease in the Company’s liquidity could negatively affect the Company’s business as well as reduce client confidence in the Company.

 

Maintaining adequate liquidity is crucial to the business operations of the Company, including margin lending, mortgage lending, and transaction settlement, among other liquidity needs. A reduction in the Company’s liquidity position could also reduce client confidence in the Company, which could result in the loss of client accounts. In addition, if the Company’s broker-dealer or depository institution subsidiaries fail to meet regulatory capital guidelines, regulators could limit the Company’s operations and its ability to repay debt, pay cash dividends, and repurchase shares of its stock. In particular, any such limitations could have an adverse effect on CSC, which depends primarily on cash generated by its subsidiaries in order to fulfill its debt service obligations and otherwise meet its liquidity needs. The Company attempts to manage liquidity risk by maintaining sufficient liquid financial resources to fund its balance sheet and meet its obligations. The Company’s liquidity needs are met primarily through cash generated by operations, as well as cash provided by external financing. Risks in meeting these needs may arise with fluctuations in client cash or deposit balances, as well as changes in market conditions.

 

- 6 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Specific risk factors which may adversely affect the Company’s liquidity position include:

 

  a reduction in cash held in banking or brokerage client accounts which may affect the amount of the Company’s liquid assets;

 

  a significant downgrade in the Company’s credit ratings which could increase its borrowing costs and limit its access to the capital markets; and

 

  a dramatic increase in the Company’s client lending activities (including margin, mortgage, and personal lending) which may reduce the Company’s liquid resources and excess capital position.

 

Technology and operational failures could subject the Company to losses, litigation, and regulatory actions.

 

The Company faces technology and operating risk which is the potential for loss due to deficiencies in control processes or technology systems of the Company or its outsourced service providers that constrain the Company’s ability to gather, process, and communicate information efficiently and securely, without interruptions. This risk also includes the risk of human error, employee misconduct, external fraud, computer viruses, terrorist attacks, and natural disaster. The Company’s business and operations could be negatively impacted by any significant technology and operational failures. Moreover, instances of fraud or other misconduct might also negatively impact the Company’s reputation and client confidence in the Company, in addition to any direct losses that might result from such instances. Despite the Company’s efforts to identify areas of risk, oversee operational areas involving risk, and implement policies and procedures designed to mitigate risk, there can be no assurance that the Company will not suffer unexpected losses due to technology or other operational failures, including those of outsourced service providers.

 

The Company may suffer significant losses from its credit exposures.

 

The Company’s businesses are subject to the risk that a client or counterparty will fail to perform its contractual obligations, or that the value of collateral held to secure obligations will prove to be inadequate. The Company’s exposure mainly results from margin lending activities, securities lending activities, its role as a counterparty in financial contracts, investing activities, banking loan portfolios, and indirectly from the investing activities of certain of the Company’s proprietary funds.

 

Significant interest rate changes could affect the Company’s profitability and financial condition.

 

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk primarily from changes in the interest rates on its interest-earning assets (such as margin loans and customer mortgages) and its funding sources, such as customer deposits and Company borrowings. Changes in interest rates could affect the interest earned on interest-earning assets differently than the interest the Company pays on its interest-bearing liabilities. In general, the Company is positioned to benefit from a rising interest rate environment, and could be adversely affected by a general decline in interest rates, although any potential reduction in net interest income may be offset by growth in the Company’s loan portfolio and inflows of client cash. In addition, in the event prevailing short-term interest rates declined to the point where yields available on money market mutual funds approached the level of management fees on those funds, the Company could find itself in the position of having to reduce its management fees so that it could continue to pay clients a competitive return on their assets.

 

Potential strategic transactions could have a negative impact on the Company’s financial position.

 

From time to time, the Company evaluates potential strategic transactions, including business combinations, acquisitions, and dispositions. Any such transaction could have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The process of evaluating, negotiating, and effecting any such strategic transaction may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, and might cause the loss of key clients, employees, and business partners. Moreover, the integration of any acquisition may create unforeseen challenges for the Company’s operational, financial, and management information systems, as well as unforeseen expenditures and other risks, including difficulties in managing facilities and employees in different geographic areas. In addition, an acquisition may cause the Company to assume liabilities or become subject to litigation. Further, the Company may not realize a positive return on any acquisition and any future acquisition could be dilutive to the Company’s current stockholders’ percentage ownership or to earnings per share (EPS).

 

- 7 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

The Company’s stock price has fluctuated historically, and may continue to fluctuate.

 

The Company’s stock price can be volatile. Among the factors that may affect the Company’s stock price are the following:

 

  speculation in the investment community or the press about, or actual changes in, the Company’s competitive position, organizational structure, executive team, operations, financial condition, financial reporting and results, effectiveness of cost reduction initiatives, or strategic transactions;

 

  the announcement of new products, services, acquisitions, or dispositions by the Company or its competitors;

 

  increases or decreases in revenue or earnings, changes in earnings estimates by the investment community, and variations between estimated financial results and actual financial results.

 

Changes in the stock market generally or as it concerns the Company’s industry, as well as geopolitical, economic, and business factors unrelated to the Company, may also affect the Company’s stock price.

 

Developments in the business, economic, and geopolitical environment could negatively impact the Company’s business.

 

The Company’s business can be significantly affected by the general environment – economic, corporate, securities market, regulatory, and geopolitical developments all play a role in client asset valuations, trading activity, interest rates and overall investor engagement. These factors are outside of the control of the Company and could have a negative impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

A summary of the Company’s significant locations at December 31, 2005 is presented in the following table. All locations are leased or owned, as noted below. The square footage amounts are presented net of space that has been subleased to third parties.

 

(amounts in thousands)

 

     Square Footage

Location


   Leased

     Owned

Corporate office space:

           

San Francisco, CA (1)

   1,430     

New York, NY (2)

   432     

Service centers:

           

Phoenix, AZ (3,4)

   107      1,009

Denver, CO (3)

   274     

Richfield, OH (5)

   123     

Indianapolis, IN (3)

        113

Orlando, FL (3)

   106     

(1) Includes Schwab headquarters.

 

(2) Includes U.S. Trust headquarters.

 

(3) Includes a regional telephone service center.

 

(4) Includes two data centers and an administrative support center.

 

(5) Includes the Corporate and Retirement Services division headquarters.

 

- 8 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Substantially all of the Company’s branch offices are located in leased premises. The corporate headquarters, data centers, offices, and service centers generally support all of the Company’s segments.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

The Company has been named as a party in various legal actions, and is the subject of various regulatory investigations, which include the matters described below. It is inherently difficult to predict the outcome of these matters, particularly in cases in which claimants seek substantial or unspecified damages, or where investigations or proceedings are at an early stage, and the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss that may be incurred from any potential judgment, settlement, or award. However, based on current information and consultation with counsel, management believes that the resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on the financial condition or cash flows of the Company, although a judgment, settlement or award could be material to the Company’s operating results for a particular future period, depending on results for that period.

 

Mutual Funds Litigation: Since November 2003, multiple purported class action and derivative lawsuits have been filed against the Company and certain affiliates, officers and directors in connection with alleged improper and illegal mutual fund trading practices.

 

Several lawsuits filed in federal court in September 2004 relating to mutual fund trading practices have been consolidated in U.S. District Court in Maryland for the purpose of coordinated pre-trial proceedings. In November 2005, the judges assigned to these cases dismissed or partially dismissed a number of plaintiffs’ claims, as follows:

 

During September 2004, Schwab was named in three consolidated class action lawsuits brought on behalf of shareholders in the Invesco, MFS, and Pilgrim-Baxter mutual fund families. The lawsuits, which were filed in U.S. District Court in Maryland, alleged that Schwab and more than 38 other broker-dealers, banks, and other financial intermediaries acted as conduits for market-timing and late-trading activity by disregarding excessive trading on their platforms and facilitating such activity. Plaintiffs sought unspecified compensatory and punitive damages. On November 3, 2005, the judge assigned to the Invesco and MFS cases dismissed all claims against Schwab and certain other defendants. The judge dismissed the federal securities claims with prejudice and the state law claims with leave to amend. A separate judge assigned to the Pilgrim-Baxter case has yet to rule on defendants’ motions to dismiss in that matter.

 

During September 2004, purported Excelsior® Fund shareholders filed a consolidated amended class action complaint against U.S. Trust Company, N.A. (U.S. Trust NA), United States Trust Company of New York (U.S. Trust NY), Schwab, the Excelsior Funds, and various current and former officers and trustees of the Excelsior Funds and U.S. Trust. Plaintiffs allege that the defendants breached fiduciary duties and violated federal securities laws by permitting market-timing and late-trading in the Excelsior Funds, by failing to disclose such timing in the fund prospectuses, and by charging excessive fees. Plaintiffs seek unspecified compensatory and punitive damages, disgorgement of investment advisory fees, and attorneys’ fees. On November 4, 2005, nine of plaintiffs’ thirteen causes of action were dismissed, including all state law claims (which were dismissed with leave to amend) and certain disclosure claims. In addition, plaintiffs agreed to dismiss all claims against Schwab and the Excelsior Funds. Three disclosure and excessive fee claims remain pending against U.S. Trust, two former U.S. Trust officers, and a current U.S. Trust officer/Excelsior Funds trustee.

 

During September 2004, certain Excelsior Fund shareholders also filed a consolidated amended derivative action on behalf of nominal defendants Excelsior Funds Inc., Excelsior Funds Trust, and Excelsior Tax Exempt Funds Inc. (the Fund Companies), against CSC, USTC, U.S. Trust NY, U.S. Trust NA, and various current and former trustees of the Excelsior Funds. Plaintiffs allege that defendants breached fiduciary duties and violated state law and federal securities laws by permitting market timing in the Excelsior Funds, by failing to disclose such timing in the fund prospectuses, and by charging excessive fees. Plaintiffs seek, on behalf of the Fund Companies, unspecified monetary damages, as well as removal of the fund trustees, removal of U.S. Trust as advisor to the funds, rescission of U.S. Trust’s investment advisory contracts with the funds, disgorgement of management fees and compensation relating to the funds, and attorneys’ fees. On November 4, 2005, ten of plaintiffs’ twelve causes of action were dismissed with prejudice, including all state law claims and certain federal securities law claims. In addition, plaintiffs agreed to dismiss their claims against certain former and current fund trustees. The remaining claims, which are asserted against CSC, U.S. Trust, and a current U.S. Trust officer/Excelsior Funds trustee, relate to allegations of excessive

 

- 9 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

fees; a decision as to whether these claims properly belong to plaintiffs in this action or to plaintiffs in the above mentioned class action remains pending.

 

Separately, two stockholders’ derivative actions were filed in California Superior Court in San Francisco in March and April 2004 against CSC and sixteen current or former CSC directors. These actions allege that the directors breached their fiduciary duties to CSC and its stockholders by allegedly failing to maintain adequate controls to prevent improper mutual fund trading practices. The lawsuits seek the recovery of unspecified compensatory damages and attorneys’ fees from the named individuals, along with the return of all salaries and other remuneration they received as directors. CSC is named as a nominal defendant, although no damages are sought against CSC. These claims have been stayed by agreement pending entry of a formal order on CSC’s motion to dismiss in the consolidated federal derivative action described above.

 

The Company believes it has strong defenses and is vigorously contesting each of the remaining claims described above.

 

Mutual Funds Regulatory Matters: The Company has responded to inquiries and subpoenas from federal and state authorities relating to circumstances in which a small number of parties were permitted to engage in short-term trading of certain Excelsior Funds through U.S. Trust. Although the Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of these matters, any enforcement actions instituted as a result of the investigations may subject the Company to fines, penalties, or other administrative remedies. The Company is cooperating with regulators, and has taken steps to enhance its existing policies and procedures to further discourage, detect, and prevent market-timing and late-trading.

 

SoundView Litigation: As part of the sale of SoundView to UBS Securities LLC and UBS Americas Inc. (collectively referred to as UBS), the Company agreed to indemnify UBS for any expenses associated with certain litigation, including the following matters:

 

SoundView and certain of its subsidiaries are among the numerous financial institutions named as defendants in multiple purported securities class actions filed in the United District Court for the Southern District of New York (the IPO Allocation Litigation) between June and December 2001. The IPO Allocation Litigation was brought on behalf of persons who either directly or in the aftermarket purchased IPO securities between March 1997 and December 2000. The plaintiffs allege that SoundView entities and the other underwriters named as defendants required customers receiving allocations of IPO shares to pay excessive and undisclosed commissions on unrelated trades and to purchase shares in the aftermarket at prices higher than the IPO price, in violation of the federal securities laws. SoundView entities have been named in 31 of the actions, each involving a different company’s IPO, and had underwriting commitments in approximately 90 other IPOs that are the subject of lawsuits. SoundView entities have not been named as defendants in these cases, although the lead underwriters in those IPOs have asserted that depending on the outcome of the cases, SoundView entities may have indemnification or contribution obligations based on underwriting commitments in the IPOs. The parties, with the assent of the Court, have selected 17 cases as focus cases for the purpose of case-specific discovery, and the Court has certified the existence of a class in the focus cases. Wit Capital, a SoundView predecessor, is a defendant in one of the focus cases. Additionally, SoundView entities had underwriting commitments in approximately 11 other focus cases. The Company is vigorously contesting such claims on behalf of SoundView pursuant to the above-mentioned indemnity with UBS.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

During the fourth quarter of 2005, no matters were submitted to a vote of CSC’s security holders.

 

- 10 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

CSC’s common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the ticker symbol SCHW. The number of common stockholders of record as of January 31, 2006 was 10,986. The closing market price per share on that date was $14.79.

 

The other information required to be furnished pursuant to this item is included in “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – 27. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited).”

 

(c) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

The following table summarizes purchases made by or on behalf of CSC of its common stock for each calendar month in the fourth quarter of 2005.

 

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)


   Average
Price Paid
per Share


  

Total Number

of Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced
Program (1)


  

Approximate

Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet be Purchased
under the Program


Month


           

October

   5    $  13.87    5    $  194

November

   1      14.92    1      180

December

   2      14.87    2      146
    
  

  
  

Total

   8    $ 14.28    8    $ 146
    
  

  
  


(1) All shares were repurchased under an authorization by CSC’s Board of Directors covering up to $300 million of common stock publicly announced by the Company on July 29, 2005. This authorization does not have an expiration date.

 

The Company may receive shares to pay the exercise price and/or to satisfy tax withholding obligations by employees who exercise stock options (granted under employee stock incentive plans), which are commonly referred to as stock swap exercises. Such exercises represented less than 500,000 per month for each of the months presented in the above table.

 

- 11 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

Selected Financial and Operating Data

 

(In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts, Ratios, Number of Domestic Offices, and as Noted)

 

     Growth Rates

                               
     Compounded

    Annual

                               
     4-Year
2001-2005


    1-Year
2004-2005


    2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Results of Operations

                                                    

Revenues

   2 %   6 %   $ 4,464     $ 4,202     $ 3,896     $ 3,944     $ 4,068  

Expenses excluding interest

   (4 %)   (8 %)   $ 3,279     $ 3,557     $ 3,179     $ 3,695     $ 3,941  

Income from continuing operations before extraordinary gain

   77 %   76 %   $ 730     $ 414     $ 476     $ 149     $ 75  

Net income

   38 %   153 %   $ 725     $ 286     $ 472     $ 109     $ 199  

Income from continuing operations per share — basic

   83 %   81 %   $ .56     $ .31     $ .35     $ .11     $ .05  

Income from continuing operations per share — diluted

   83 %   87 %   $ .56     $ .30     $ .35     $ .11     $ .05  

Basic earnings per share (1)

   41 %   167 %   $ .56     $ .21     $ .35     $ .08     $ .14  

Diluted earnings per share (1)

   41 %   162 %   $ .55     $ .21     $ .35     $ .08     $ .14  

Dividends declared per common share

   19 %   20 %   $ .089     $ .074     $ .050     $ .044     $ .044  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding — diluted

                 1,308       1,365       1,364       1,375       1,399  

Asset-based and other revenues as a percentage of revenues (2)

                 83 %     76 %     69 %     69 %     66 %

Trading revenues as a percentage of revenues (2)

                 17 %     24 %     31 %     31 %     34 %

Effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations

                 38.4 %     35.8 %     33.6 %     40.2 %     41.4 %

Capital expenditures — cash purchases of equipment, office facilities, property, and internal-use software development costs, net (3)

   (24 %)   (48 %)   $ 100     $ 194     $ 147     $ 154     $ 295  

Capital expenditures, net, as a percentage of revenues

                 2 %     5 %     4 %     4 %     7 %

Performance Measures

                                                    

Revenue growth (decline)

                 6 %     8 %     (1 %)     (3 %)     (22 %)

Pre-tax profit margin from continuing operations

                 26.5 %     15.3 %     18.4 %     6.3 %     3.1 %

Return on stockholders’ equity

                 16 %     6 %     11 %     3 %     5 %

Financial Condition (at year end)

                                                    

Total assets

   4 %       $ 47,351     $   47,133     $   45,866     $   39,705     $   40,464  

Long-term debt

   (8 %)   (12 %)   $ 514     $ 585     $ 772     $ 642     $ 730  

Stockholders’ equity

   2 %   1 %   $ 4,450     $ 4,386     $ 4,461     $ 4,011     $ 4,163  

Assets to stockholders’ equity ratio

                 11       11       10       10       10  

Long-term debt to total financial capital (long-term debt plus stockholders’ equity)

                 10 %     12 %     15 %     14 %     15 %

Client Information (at year end)

                                                    

Client assets (in billions)

   9 %   11 %   $   1,199.2     $   1,081.2     $ 966.7     $ 764.8     $ 845.9  

Net new client assets (in billions)

       49 %   $ 75.0     $ 50.3     $ 56.2     $ 47.6     $ 73.6  

Active client accounts (4)

   (2 %)   (3 %)     7.1       7.3       7.5       8.0       7.8  

Independent investment advisor client assets (in billions) (5)

   15 %   17 %   $ 406     $ 348     $ 287     $ 222     $ 235  

Independent investment advisor client accounts (in thousands) (5)

   7 %   7 %     1,413       1,316       1,239       1,182       1,082  

Number of domestic offices

   (6 %)   20 %     328       273       376       422       429  

Employee Information

                                                    

Full-time equivalent employees (at year end, in thousands)

   (8 %)   (1 %)     14.0       14.2       16.0       16.4       19.2  

Revenues per average full-time equivalent employee (in thousands)

   15 %   20 %   $ 323     $ 269     $ 245     $ 214     $ 183  

Compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of revenues

                 43 %     45 %     43 %     44 %     44 %

(1) Both basic and diluted earnings per share include discontinued operations and extraordinary gains.

 

(2) Asset-based and other revenues include asset management and administration fees, net interest revenue, and other revenues. Trading revenues include commission and principal transaction revenues.

 

(3) Capital expenditures in 2005 are presented net of proceeds of $20 million from the sale of equipment.

 

(4) Reflects the removal of 192,000 accounts in 2003 related to the Company's withdrawal from the Employee Stock Purchase Plan business and the transfer of those accounts to other providers. Active accounts are defined as accounts with balances or activity within the preceding eight months.

 

(5) Represents amounts related to the Schwab Institutional® segment.

 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

OVERVIEW

 

Management of the Company focuses on several key financial and non-financial metrics in evaluating the Company’s financial position and operating performance. Results for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are shown in the following table:

 

    

Growth Rate
1-year

2004-2005


    2005

    2004

    2003

 

Client Activity Metrics:

                              

Net new client assets (in billions)

   49 %   $ 75.0     $ 50.3     $ 56.2  

Client assets (in billions, at year end)

   11 %   $   1,199.2     $   1,081.2     $   966.7  

Daily average revenue trades (in thousands)

   27 %     197.9       156.4       140.8  

Company Financial Metrics:

                              

Revenue growth (decline) from prior year

           6 %     8 %     (1 %)

Pre-tax profit margin from continuing operations

           26.5 %     15.3 %     18.4 %

Return on stockholders’ equity

           16 %     6 %     11 %

Revenue per average full-time equivalent employee
(in thousands)

   20 %   $ 323     $ 269     $ 245  

 

  Net new client assets is defined as the total inflows of client cash and securities to the firm less client outflows. Management believes that this metric depicts how well the Company’s products and services appeal to new and existing clients.

 

  Client assets is the market value of all client assets housed at the Company. Management considers client assets to be indicative of the Company’s appeal in the marketplace. Additionally, growth in certain components of client assets (e.g., Mutual Fund OneSource funds) directly impacts asset management and administration fee revenues.

 

  Daily average revenue trades (DART) is deemed by management to be an important indicator of client engagement with securities markets and the most prominent driver of trading revenues.

 

  Management believes that revenue growth, pre-tax profit margin from continuing operations, and return on stockholders’ equity provide broad indicators of the Company’s overall financial health, operating efficiency, and ability to generate acceptable returns.

 

  Revenue per average full-time equivalent employee (revenue per FTE) is considered by management to be the Company’s broadest measure of productivity.

 

The Company’s revenues are classified into asset-based and other (i.e., asset management and administration fees, net interest revenue, and other revenue) and trading categories. The Company generates asset-based and other revenues primarily through asset management and administration fees earned through its proprietary and third-party mutual fund offerings, as well as fee-based investment management and advisory services, and interest revenue earned on margin loans, loans to banking clients, and investments. Asset-based and other revenues are impacted by securities valuations, interest rates, the Company’s ability to attract new clients, and client activity levels. The Company generates trading revenues through commissions earned for executing trades for clients and principal transaction revenues from trading activity in fixed income securities. Trading revenues are impacted by trading volumes, the volatility of equity prices in the securities markets and commission rates.

 

Energy prices, inflation concerns, and short-term interest rates increased throughout 2005. While overall market returns were mixed for much of the year with the Dow Jones Industrial Average ending 1% lower, and the Standard and Poor’s 500 Index and the Nasdaq Composite Index ending up a modest 3% and 1%, respectively, the Company experienced a general improvement in client asset flows and trading volume as the year progressed.

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Following four years of restructuring and cost-cutting efforts, management focused on returning to profitable growth in 2005 by enhancing the Company’s personal service capabilities and developing stronger relationships with clients. Additionally, reflecting a commitment to deliver a value proposition that includes high quality products and services at competitive prices, the Company significantly reduced its commission pricing for a wide range of clients over the course of the fourth quarter of 2004 and the first three quarters of 2005. Schwab also invested for growth by eliminating account service fees (for most accounts) and order handling fees in the fourth quarter of 2005, as well as launching a significant new national advertising campaign. Assets in client accounts were $1.199 trillion at December 31, 2005, up 11% from 2004. Net new client assets brought to the Company totaled $75.0 billion for the year, up 49% from a year ago.

 

Overall, the Company’s price cuts contributed to a 24% decline in trading revenues for 2005, yet continued success in attracting client assets and building stronger client relationships, as well as the rising interest rate environment led to a 16% increase in asset-based and other revenues and total revenue growth of 6%. Expenses decreased by 8% over 2004 levels, primarily due to restructuring charges recorded in 2004 related to the Company’s restructuring initiatives. The Company achieved a significant increase in its pre-tax profit margin from continuing operations due to the combination of higher revenues and lower expenses in 2005. Return on stockholders’ equity grew in 2005 due to both a 153% increase in net income to $725 million (the highest level in the Company’s history) and its capital management activities, including the repurchase of $688 million of common stock.

 

Subsequent Events

 

On January 26, 2006, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of CSC’s common stock in addition to the remaining authorization previously granted by the Board of Directors on July 28, 2005.

 

On January 26, 2006, on the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the Board of Directors elected Marjorie Magner to the Board of Directors to serve as a member of the class of directors whose term expires at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2006.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

    

Growth Rate
1-year

2004-2005


    2005

    2004

    2003

 

Asset-based and other revenues

   16 %   $   3,685     $   3,177     $   2,706  

Trading revenue

   (24 %)     779       1,025       1,190  
    

 


 


 


Total revenues

   6 %     4,464       4,202       3,896  

Expenses excluding interest

   (8 %)     3,279       3,557       3,179  
    

 


 


 


Income from continuing operations before taxes on income

   84 %     1,185       645       717  

Taxes on income

   97 %     (455 )     (231 )     (241 )
    

 


 


 


Income from continuing operations

   76 %     730       414       476  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   (96 %)     (5 )     (128 )     (4 )
    

 


 


 


Net income

   153 %   $ 725     $ 286     $ 472  
    

 


 


 


Earnings per share – diluted

   162 %   $ .55     $ .21     $ .35  

Pre-tax profit margin from continuing operations

           26.5 %     15.3 %     18.4 %

Effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations

           38.4 %     35.8 %     33.6 %

 

The increase in asset-based and other revenues from 2004 was primarily due to an increase in asset management and administration fees resulting from higher levels of client assets and an increase in net interest revenue resulting from yields on assets increasing faster than those on liabilities. The decrease in trading revenues from 2004 was primarily due to lower average revenue earned per revenue trade resulting from reductions in the Company’s commission pricing, partially offset by higher client trading activity.

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

The decrease in expenses excluding interest from 2004 was primarily due to lower restructuring charges, occupancy and equipment expense, and communications expense. The increase in the effective income tax rate from 2004 was primarily due to higher state taxes in 2005 and a favorable tax settlement in 2004.

 

The increase in income from continuing operations before taxes on income from 2004 was primarily due to the combination of factors discussed above – higher asset-based and other revenue and lower restructuring charges. The higher income from continuing operations, as well as a lower loss from discontinued operations, resulted in a 153% increase in net income.

 

Effective October 1, 2005, the Company eliminated account service fees (for most accounts) and order-handling fees. Based on the Company’s then-current account base, the impact of these eliminations is approximately $50 million of annualized revenues.

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current presentation. All references to EPS information in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition reflect diluted earnings per share unless otherwise noted.

 

Segment Information

 

The Company evaluates the performance of its segments on a pre-tax basis excluding items such as restructuring charges, impairment charges, discontinued operations, and extraordinary items.

 

As detailed in “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – 24. Segment Information,” income from continuing operations before taxes on income was $1.2 billion for 2005, up $540 million, or 84%, from 2004 primarily due to increases of $282 million, or 59%, in the Schwab Investor Services segment; $38 million, or 14%, in the Schwab Institutional segment; $34 million, or 49%, in the U.S. Trust segment; and a $186 million increase in unallocated income from continuing operations. The increase in the Schwab Investor Services segment was primarily due to lower expenses related to the Company’s past restructuring initiatives, as well as growth in asset-based and other revenue, partially offset by lower trading revenue as a result of the Company’s series of commission price reductions. The increase in both the Schwab Institutional and U.S. Trust segments was primarily due to revenue growth outpacing expense growth. The increase in unallocated income from continuing operations was primarily due to the restructuring charges recorded in 2004.

 

Revenues

 

The Company categorizes its revenues as either asset-based and other revenues or trading revenue. As shown in the following table, asset-based and other revenues and total revenues increased, while trading revenue decreased from 2004.

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Sources of Revenues

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

     Growth Rate
2004-2005


    2005

    2004

    2003

 
     Amount

   % of
Total
Revenues


    Amount

   % of
Total
Revenues


    Amount

   % of
Total
Revenues


 

Asset-based and other revenues

                                             

Asset management and administration fees

                                             

Mutual fund service fees:

                                             

Proprietary funds (Schwab Funds®, Excelsior®, and Laudus Funds)

   5 %   $ 911    21 %   $ 870    21 %   $ 883    23 %

Mutual Fund OneSource®

   19 %     446    10 %     376    9 %     283    7 %

Other

   (3 %)     57    1 %     59    1 %     50    1 %

Investment management and trust fees

   19 %     645    14 %     542    13 %     379    10 %

Other

   (14 %)     210    5 %     244    6 %     237    6 %
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

Asset management and administration fees

   9 %     2,269    51 %     2,091    50 %     1,832    47 %
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net interest revenue

                                             

Interest revenue:

                                             

Margin loans to clients

   44 %     654    15 %     454    11 %     347    9 %

Investments, client-related

   78 %     522    12 %     293    7 %     284    7 %

Loans to banking clients

   38 %     380    9 %     275    7 %     230    6 %

Securities available for sale

   64 %     228    5 %     139    3 %     74    2 %

Other

   208 %     160    3 %     52    1 %     33    1 %
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest revenue

   60 %     1,944    44 %     1,213    29 %     968    25 %

Interest expense:

                                             

Brokerage client cash balances

   235 %     378    9 %     113    3 %     76    2 %

Deposits from banking clients

   112 %     223    5 %     105    3 %     96    3 %

Long-term debt

   6 %     34    1 %     32    1 %     35    1 %

Short-term borrowings

   78 %     32    1 %     18          13     

Other

   122 %     20          9          20     
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest expense

   148 %     687    16 %     277    7 %     240    6 %
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net interest revenue

   34 %     1,257    28 %     936    22 %     728    19 %
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

Other

   6 %     159    4 %     150    4 %     146    3 %
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total asset-based and other revenues

   16 %     3,685    83 %     3,177    76 %     2,706    69 %
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

Trading revenue

                                             

Commissions

   (26 %)     694    15 %     936    22 %     1,097    29 %

Principal transactions

   (4 %)     85    2 %     89    2 %     93    2 %
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total trading revenue

   (24 %)     779    17 %     1,025    24 %     1,190    31 %
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total revenues

   6 %   $   4,464    100 %   $   4,202    100 %   $   3,896    100 %
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

While the Schwab Investor Services and Schwab Institutional segments generate both asset-based and other revenues and trading revenues, the U.S. Trust segment generates primarily asset-based and other revenues. Revenues by segment are as shown in the following table:

 

     Growth Rate
2004-2005


    2005

   2004

   2003

Schwab Investor Services

   5 %   $   2,742    $   2,615    $   2,517

Schwab Institutional

   11 %     803      725      670

U.S. Trust

   8 %     832      773      629

Unallocated

   (2 %)     87      89      80
    

 

  

  

Total

   6 %   $ 4,464    $ 4,202    $ 3,896
    

 

  

  

 

The increase in revenues in both the Schwab Investor Services and Schwab Institutional segments was primarily due to higher levels of client assets and higher interest rate spreads resulting from the rising interest rate environment. The increase in revenues in the U.S. Trust segment was primarily due to higher levels of client assets.

 

Asset Management and Administration Fees

 

Asset management and administration fees include mutual fund service fees, as well as fees for other asset-based financial services provided to individual and institutional clients. The Company earns mutual fund service fees for transfer agent services, shareholder services, administration, and investment management provided to its proprietary funds, and recordkeeping and shareholder services provided to third-party funds. These fees are based upon the daily balances of client assets invested in third-party funds and upon the average daily net assets of the Company’s proprietary funds. Each of the Company’s segments generates mutual fund service fees. The Company also earns asset management and administration fees for financial services provided to individual and institutional clients, including investment management and consulting, trust and fiduciary services, custody services, financial and estate planning, and private banking services. Each of the Company’s segments generates these fees, which are primarily based on the value and composition of assets under management.

 

The increase in asset management and related service fees from 2003 to 2005 was primarily due to higher levels of client assets and higher asset-based fees from certain client relationships, including increases in average assets in Schwab’s Mutual Fund OneSource service.

 

Net Interest Revenue

 

Net interest revenue is the difference between interest earned on certain assets (mainly margin loans to clients, investments of segregated client cash balances, loans to banking clients, and securities available for sale) and interest paid on supporting liabilities (mainly deposits from banking clients and brokerage client cash balances). Net interest revenue is affected by changes in the volume and mix of these assets and liabilities, as well as by fluctuations in interest rates and hedging strategies. The Company is positioned so that the consolidated balance sheet produces an increase in net interest revenue when interest rates rise and, conversely, a decrease in net interest revenue when interest rates fall (i.e., interest-earning assets are repricing more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities). In the event of falling interest rates, the Company might attempt to mitigate some of this negative impact by extending maturities of assets in investment portfolios to lock-in asset yields as well as by lowering rates paid to clients on interest-bearing liabilities. Each of the Company’s segments generates net interest revenue.

 

In clearing its clients’ trades, Schwab holds cash balances payable to clients. In most cases, Schwab pays its clients interest on cash balances awaiting investment, and may invest these funds and earn interest revenue. Margin loans arise when Schwab lends funds to clients on a secured basis to purchase securities. Pursuant to SEC regulations, client cash balances that are not used for margin lending are generally segregated into investment accounts that are maintained for the exclusive benefit of clients.

 

When investing segregated client cash balances, Schwab must adhere to SEC regulations that restrict investments to U.S. government securities, participation certificates, mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association, certificates of deposit issued by U.S. banks and thrifts, and resale agreements collateralized by qualified

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

securities. Schwab’s policies for credit quality and maximum maturity requirements are more restrictive than these SEC regulations. In each of the last three years, resale agreements accounted for over 50% of Schwab’s investments of segregated client cash balances. The average maturities of Schwab’s total investments of segregated client cash balances were 155 days for 2005, 148 days for 2004, and 161 days for 2003. U.S. Trust and Schwab Bank also maintain investment portfolios for liquidity as well as to invest funding from deposits raised in excess of loans to clients. U.S. Trust and Schwab Bank lend funds to banking clients primarily in the form of mortgage loans. These loans are largely funded by interest-bearing deposits from banking clients.

 

The Company’s interest-earning assets are financed primarily by interest-bearing brokerage client cash balances and deposits from banking clients. Other funding sources include noninterest-bearing brokerage client cash balances, proceeds from stock-lending activities, short-term borrowings, and long-term debt, as well as stockholders’ equity. Client-related daily average balances, interest rates, and average net interest spread are summarized as follows:

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Interest-Earning Assets (client-related and other):

                        

Investments (client-related):

                        

Average balance outstanding

   $   17,007     $   20,159     $   21,826  

Average interest rate

     3.07 %     1.45 %     1.30 %

Margin loans to clients:

                        

Average balance outstanding

   $ 9,780     $ 9,074     $ 7,025  

Average interest rate

     6.69 %     4.99 %     4.94 %

Loans to banking clients:

                        

Average balance outstanding

   $ 7,584     $ 6,453     $ 5,034  

Average interest rate

     5.01 %     4.24 %     4.56 %

Securities available for sale:

                        

Average balance outstanding

   $ 5,477     $ 4,031     $ 1,904  

Average interest rate

     4.16 %     3.45 %     3.91 %

Average yield on interest-earning assets

     4.48 %     2.94 %     2.62 %

Funding Sources (client-related and other):

                        

Interest-bearing brokerage client cash balances:

                        

Average balance outstanding

   $ 22,037     $ 23,788     $ 23,140  

Average interest rate

     1.72 %     .47 %     .33 %

Interest-bearing banking deposits:

                        

Average balance outstanding

   $ 11,628     $ 9,077     $ 5,395  

Average interest rate

     1.91 %     1.15 %     1.79 %

Other interest-bearing sources:

                        

Average balance outstanding

   $ 1,586     $ 2,519     $ 2,843  

Average interest rate

     2.32 %     1.07 %     1.05 %

Average noninterest-bearing portion

   $ 4,597     $ 4,333     $ 4,411  

Average interest rate on funding sources

     1.60 %     .61 %     .57 %

Summary:

                        

Average yield on interest-earning assets

     4.48 %     2.94 %     2.62 %

Average interest rate on funding sources

     1.60 %     .61 %     .57 %
    


 


 


Average net interest spread

     2.88 %     2.33 %     2.05 %
    


 


 


 

The increases in net interest revenue in the last two years were primarily due to higher levels of and changes in the composition of interest-earning assets, including increases in margin loan balances, loans to banking clients, and securities available for sale, as well as generally higher yields on earning assets, partially offset by higher interest rates on brokerage client cash balances due to changes in the interest rate environment.

 

Since the Company establishes the rates paid on brokerage client cash balances and certain banking deposits and the rates charged on margin loans, it manages a substantial portion of its net interest spread. However, the spread is influenced by external factors such as the interest rate environment and competition. The Company’s average net interest spread increased

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

from 2003 to 2005 as the average yield on interest-earning assets, primarily client-related investments, increased more than the average interest rate on funding sources.

 

Other Revenue

 

Other revenue includes net gains and losses on certain investments, service fees, and software maintenance fees. Each of the Company’s segments generates other revenue.

 

Trading Revenue

 

Trading revenue includes commission and principal transaction revenues. The Schwab Investor Services and Schwab Institutional segments generate commission revenues by executing client trades. These revenues are affected by the number of client accounts that trade and the average revenue earned per revenue trade. Principal transaction revenues are primarily comprised of revenues from client fixed income securities trading activity, which are included in the Schwab Investor Services and Schwab Institutional segments. Factors that influence principal transaction revenues include the volume of client trades, market price volatility, and changes in regulations and industry practices. The decrease in trading revenue from 2003 to 2005 was primarily due to lower average revenue earned per revenue trade as a result of significant reductions in commission pricing for a wide range of clients in 2005 and 2004, partially offset by higher daily average revenue trades.

 

As shown in the following table, daily average revenue trades executed by the Company increased 27% in 2005. Average revenue earned per revenue trade decreased 41% from 2004 to 2005, and 23% from 2003 to 2004, primarily due to the pricing changes discussed above.

 

     Growth Rate
2004-2005


    2005

   2004

   2003

Daily average revenue trades (in thousands) (1)

   27 %     197.9      156.4      140.8

Number of trading days

         251.5      251.5      250.0

Average revenue earned per revenue trade

   (41 %)   $   15.61    $   26.34    $   34.06

Accounts that traded (in thousands)

   (1 %)     2,719      2,749      2,734

(1) Includes all client trades (both individuals and institutions) that generate trading revenue (i.e., commission revenue or revenue from fixed income securities trading).

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Expenses Excluding Interest

 

As shown in the table below, total expenses excluding interest decreased in 2005 primarily due to lower restructuring charges, occupancy and equipment expense, and communications expense.

 

     Growth Rate
2004-2005


    2005

    2004

    2003

 

Compensation and benefits

   1 %   $   1,902     $   1,877     $   1,665  

Occupancy and equipment

   (15 %)     331       389       430  

Professional services

   3 %     253       245       175  

Depreciation and amortization

   (8 %)     208       226       277  

Communications

   (14 %)     192       223       228  

Advertising and market development

   (3 %)     178       184       139  

Restructuring charges

   (92 %)     17       214       76  

Impairment charges

                     5  

Other

   (1 %)     198       199       184  
    

 


 


 


Total expenses

   (8 %)   $ 3,279     $ 3,557     $ 3,179  
    

 


 


 


Expenses as a percentage of total revenues:

                              

Total expenses, excluding interest

           73 %     85 %     82 %

Compensation and benefits

           43 %     45 %     43 %

Advertising and market development

           4 %     4 %     4 %

 

Compensation and Benefits

 

Compensation and benefits expense includes salaries and wages, incentive and variable compensation, and related employee benefits and taxes. Variable compensation is tied to the achievement of specified objectives, primarily revenue growth and profit margin. Therefore, a significant portion of compensation and benefits expense will fluctuate with these measures.

 

The increase in compensation and benefits expense from 2004 to 2005 was primarily due to higher levels of incentive and variable compensation, partially offset by a reduction in full-time employees through the Company’s 2004 cost reduction effort. The increase in compensation and benefits expense from 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to higher levels of discretionary bonuses to employees, employee benefits, and incentive compensation. The following table shows a comparison of certain compensation and benefits components and employee data:

 

     Growth Rate
2004-2005


    2005

   2004

   2003

Salaries and wages

   (9 %)   $   1,097    $   1,199    $   1,150

Incentive and variable compensation

   40 %     526      376      270

Employee benefits and other

   (8 %)     279      302      245
    

 

  

  

Total

   1 %   $ 1,902    $ 1,877    $ 1,665
    

 

  

  

Full-time equivalent employees (1) (in thousands)

                          

At year end

   (1 %)     14.0      14.2      16.0

Average

   (12 %)     13.8      15.6      15.9

(1) Includes full-time, part-time and temporary employees, and persons employed on a contract basis.

 

Employee benefits and other expense decreased from 2004 to 2005 primarily due to a reduction in full-time employees through the Company’s past restructuring initiatives. Employee benefits and other expense increased from 2003 to 2004 primarily due to the reinstatement of the Company’s 401(k) employee contribution match, which was suspended in 2003 (except for a discretionary award to certain non-officer employees made in the fourth quarter of 2003).

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

See “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – 2. Significant Accounting Policies – New Accounting Standards” for a discussion of future compensation expense related to stock option awards.

 

Expenses Excluding Compensation and Benefits

 

The decreases in occupancy and equipment expense from 2003 to 2005 were primarily due to the Company’s past restructuring initiatives and other expense reduction measures. The increase in professional services expense from 2003 to 2004 were primarily due to higher levels of consulting fees in several areas, including new and expanded products and services, and information technology projects. The increase in advertising and market development expense from 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to the Company’s increased print and other media spending.

 

Restructuring

 

During 2001 to 2004, the Company carried out a series of restructuring initiatives which were designed to strengthen its productivity and efficiency and increase profitability. These initiatives included workforce reductions, reductions in operating facilities, the removal of certain systems hardware, software, and equipment from service, and the withdrawal from certain international operations. The Company completed its 2004 cost reduction effort in the first half of 2005.

 

As of December 31, 2005, the Company has recorded facilities restructuring reserves of $169 million, net of estimated future sublease income of approximately $305 million. This estimated future sublease income amount is determined based upon a number of factors, including current and expected commercial real estate lease rates in the respective properties’ real estate markets and estimated vacancy periods prior to execution of tenant subleases. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, approximately 90% and 80%, respectively, of the total square footage targeted for sublease under these restructuring initiatives has been subleased. The actual costs of the remaining restructuring reserves could differ from the estimated costs, depending primarily on the Company’s ability to sublease properties.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

On October 29, 2004, the Company completed the sale of its capital markets business to UBS and thereby eliminated the revenues and expenses unique to the capital markets business, including commissions earned on trades from institutional clients, principal transaction revenues on OTC listed and Nasdaq market-making operations, and commission expense and floor-brokerage expense on institutional client trading activity. In connection with the sale, the Company entered into eight-year order routing and execution services agreements with UBS for handling of Schwab’s equity and listed options order flow. UBS generally executes equity and options orders without commission or other charges. Certain ongoing fees apply for orders that require special handling or entail additional costs, and such fees have been insignificant.

 

The results of operations, net of income taxes, and cash flows of the capital markets business have been presented as discontinued operations on the Company’s consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for all periods. For 2005 and 2004, the Company recorded a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $5 million and $128 million, respectively.

 

In January 2003, the Company sold its United Kingdom brokerage subsidiary, CSE, to Barclays PLC. The results of operations of CSE, net of income taxes, have been summarized as discontinued operations on the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

 

Divestiture of Investment

 

In June 2003, the Company sold its investment in Aitken Campbell, a market-making joint venture in the U.K., to the Company’s joint venture partner, TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. In 2003, the Company recorded an impairment charge to reduce the carrying value of its investment and an income tax benefit. The Company’s share of Aitken Campbell’s historical earnings, which was accounted for under the equity method, was not material to the Company’s results of operations, EPS, or cash flows.

 

- 21 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

CSC conducts substantially all of its business through its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The capital structure among CSC and its subsidiaries is designed to provide each entity with capital and liquidity to meet its operational needs and regulatory requirements.

 

CSC is a financial holding company, which is a type of bank holding company subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. CSC and its depository institution subsidiaries, which include U.S. Trust and Schwab Bank, are subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based and leverage capital guidelines. These regulations require banks and bank holding companies to maintain minimum levels of capital. In addition, CSC’s depository institution subsidiaries are subject to limitations on the amount of dividends they can pay to CSC. Based on their respective regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company and its depository institution subsidiaries are considered well capitalized.

 

Liquidity

 

CSC

 

CSC’s liquidity needs are generally met through cash generated by its subsidiaries, as well as cash provided by external financing. CSC’s depository institution subsidiaries and Schwab are subject to regulatory requirements that may restrict them from certain transactions with CSC. Management believes that funds generated by the operations of CSC’s subsidiaries will continue to be the primary funding source in meeting CSC’s liquidity needs, providing adequate liquidity to meet CSC’s depository institution subsidiaries’ capital guidelines, and maintaining Schwab’s net capital.

 

CSC has liquidity needs that arise from its Senior Medium-Term Notes, Series A (Medium-Term Notes), as well as from the funding of cash dividends, acquisitions, and other investments. The Medium-Term Notes, of which $330 million was issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005, have maturities ranging from 2006 to 2010 and fixed interest rates ranging from 6.21% to 8.05% with interest payable semiannually. The Medium-Term Notes are rated A2 by Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s), A- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (S&P), and A by Fitch IBCA, Inc. (Fitch).

 

CSC has a prospectus supplement on file with the SEC enabling CSC to issue up to $750 million in Senior or Senior Subordinated Medium-Term Notes, Series A. At December 31, 2005, all of these notes remained unissued.

 

CSC has a Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-3 on file with the SEC relating to a universal shelf registration for the issuance of up to $1.0 billion aggregate amount of various securities, including common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, and warrants. At December 31, 2005, all of these securities remained unissued.

 

CSC has authorization from its Board of Directors to issue commercial paper up to the amount of CSC’s committed, unsecured credit facility (see below), not to exceed $1.5 billion. At December 31, 2005, no commercial paper had been issued. CSC’s ratings for these short-term borrowings are P-1 by Moody’s, A-2 by S&P, and F1 by Fitch.

 

CSC maintains an $800 million committed, unsecured credit facility with a group of eighteen banks which is scheduled to expire in June 2006. CSC plans to establish a similar facility to replace this one when it expires. These facilities were unused in 2005. Any issuances under CSC’s commercial paper program will reduce the amount available under this facility. The funds under this facility are available for general corporate purposes and CSC pays a commitment fee on the unused balance of this facility. The financial covenants in this facility require CSC to maintain a minimum level of stockholders’ equity, Schwab to maintain a minimum net capital ratio, as defined, and CSC’s depository institution subsidiaries to be well capitalized, as defined. Management believes that these restrictions will not have a material effect on its ability to meet foreseeable dividend or funding requirements.

 

CSC also has direct access to $794 million of the $844 million uncommitted, unsecured bank credit lines, provided by eight banks, that are primarily utilized by Schwab to manage short-term liquidity. The amount available to CSC under these lines is

 

- 22 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

lower than the amount available to Schwab because the credit line provided by one of these banks is only available to Schwab. These lines were not used by CSC in 2005.

 

Schwab

 

Most of Schwab’s assets are readily convertible to cash, consisting primarily of short-term (i.e., less than 150 days) investment-grade, interest-earning investments (the majority of which are segregated for the exclusive benefit of clients pursuant to regulatory requirements), receivables from brokerage clients, and receivables from brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations. Client margin loans are demand loan obligations secured by readily marketable securities. Receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations primarily represent current open transactions, which usually settle, or can be closed out, within a few business days.

 

Liquidity needs relating to client trading and margin borrowing activities are met primarily through cash balances in brokerage client accounts, which were $24.2 billion, $27.0 billion, and $25.6 billion at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. Management believes that brokerage client cash balances and operating earnings will continue to be the primary sources of liquidity for Schwab in the future.

 

The Company has a lease financing liability related to an office building and land under a 20-year lease. The remaining lease financing liability of $130 million at December 31, 2005 is being reduced by a portion of the lease payments over the remaining lease term.

 

To manage short-term liquidity, Schwab maintains uncommitted, unsecured bank credit lines with a group of eight banks totaling $844 million at December 31, 2005. The need for short-term borrowings arises primarily from timing differences between cash flow requirements and the scheduled liquidation of interest-bearing investments. Schwab used such borrowings for two days in 2005, with daily amounts borrowed averaging $39 million. There were no borrowings outstanding under these lines at December 31, 2005.

 

To satisfy the margin requirement of client option transactions with the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC), Schwab has unsecured letter of credit agreements with eight banks in favor of the OCC aggregating $630 million at December 31, 2005. Schwab pays a fee to maintain these arrangements. In connection with its securities lending activities, Schwab is required to provide collateral to certain brokerage clients. Schwab satisfies the collateral requirements by arranging letters of credit (LOCs), in favor of these brokerage clients, that are guaranteed by multiple banks. At December 31, 2005, the outstanding value of these LOCs totaled $130 million. No funds were drawn under these LOCs at December 31, 2005.

 

Schwab is subject to regulatory requirements that are intended to ensure the general financial soundness and liquidity of broker-dealers. These regulations prohibit Schwab from repaying subordinated borrowings to CSC, paying cash dividends, or making unsecured advances or loans to its parent or employees if such payment would result in net capital of less than 5% of aggregate debit balances or less than 120% of its minimum dollar requirement of $250,000. At December 31, 2005, Schwab’s net capital was $1.1 billion (10% of aggregate debit balances), which was $916 million in excess of its minimum required net capital and $576 million in excess of 5% of aggregate debit balances. Schwab has historically targeted net capital to be at least 10% of its aggregate debit balances, which primarily consist of client margin loans.

 

To manage Schwab’s regulatory capital requirement, CSC provides Schwab with a $1.4 billion subordinated revolving credit facility which is scheduled to expire in September 2006. The amount outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2005 was $220 million. Borrowings under this subordinated lending arrangement qualify as regulatory capital for Schwab.

 

U.S. Trust

 

The liquidity needs of U.S. Trust are generally met through deposits from banking clients, equity capital, and borrowings.

 

The excess cash held in certain Schwab brokerage client accounts is swept into a money market deposit account at U.S. Trust. At December 31, 2005, these balances totaled $711 million.

 

- 23 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

In addition to traditional funding sources such as deposits, federal funds purchased, and repurchase agreements, USTC’s depository institution subsidiaries have established their own external funding sources. At December 31, 2005, U.S. Trust had $52 million in Trust Preferred Capital Securities outstanding with a fixed interest rate of 8.41%. Certain of USTC’s depository institution subsidiaries have established credit facilities with the Federal Home Loan Bank System (FHLB) totaling $1.8 billion. At December 31, 2005, $600 million was outstanding under these facilities. Additionally, at December 31, 2005, U.S. Trust had $71 million of federal funds purchased.

 

U.S. Trust also engages in intercompany repurchase agreements with Schwab Bank and Schwab. At December 31, 2005, U.S. Trust had $400 million and $200 million in repurchase agreements outstanding with Schwab Bank and Schwab, respectively.

 

CSC provides U.S. Trust with a $300 million short-term credit facility maturing in December 2006. Borrowings under this facility do not qualify as regulatory capital for U.S. Trust. The amount outstanding under this facility was $30 million at December 31, 2005.

 

U.S. Trust uses interest rate swap agreements (Swaps) with CSC and third parties to hedge the interest rate risk primarily associated with its variable rate deposits from banking clients. These Swaps are structured for U.S. Trust to receive a variable rate of interest and pay a fixed rate of interest. At December 31, 2005, the Swaps had a notional value of $1.6 billion and a fair value of $24 million.

 

Schwab Bank

 

Schwab Bank’s current liquidity needs are generally met through deposits from banking clients and equity capital.

 

The excess cash held in certain Schwab brokerage client accounts is swept into a money market deposit account at Schwab Bank. At December 31, 2005, these balances totaled $5.9 billion.

 

Schwab Bank has access to traditional funding sources such as deposits, federal funds purchased, and repurchase agreements. Additionally, CSC provides Schwab Bank with a $100 million short-term credit facility maturing in December 2007. Borrowings under this facility do not qualify as regulatory capital for Schwab Bank. No funds were drawn under this facility at December 31, 2005.

 

Schwab Bank maintains a credit facility with the FHLB. At December 31, 2005, $433 million was available, and no funds were drawn under this facility.

 

Capital Resources

 

The Company monitors both the relative composition and absolute level of its capital structure. Management is focused on limiting the Company’s use of capital and currently targets a long-term debt to total financial capital ratio of less than 20%. The Company’s total financial capital (long-term debt plus stockholders’ equity) at December 31, 2005 was $5.0 billion, down $7 million from December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2005, the Company had long-term debt of $514 million, or 10% of total financial capital, that bears interest at a weighted-average rate of 7.11%. At December 31, 2004, the Company had long-term debt of $585 million, or 12% of total financial capital.

 

The Company’s cash position (reported as cash and cash equivalents on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet) and cash flows are affected by changes in brokerage client cash balances and the associated amounts required to be segregated under federal or other regulatory guidelines. Timing differences between cash and investments actually segregated on a given date and the amount required to be segregated for that date may arise in the ordinary course of business and are addressed by the Company in accordance with applicable regulations. Other factors which affect the Company’s cash position and cash flows include investment activity in securities, levels of capital expenditures, acquisition activity, banking client deposit activity, brokerage and banking client loan activity, financing activity in short-term borrowings and long-term debt, payments of dividends, and repurchases of CSC’s common stock. The combination of these factors can cause significant fluctuations in the levels of cash and cash equivalents during specific time periods. For example, cash and cash equivalents during the first nine

 

- 24 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

months of 2005 decreased by $889 million, or 32%, to $1.9 billion, but during the full year 2005, cash and cash equivalents decreased by just $448 million, or 16%, to $2.3 billion.

 

In 2005, cash and cash equivalents decreased $448 million, or 16%, to $2.3 billion primarily due to increases in loans to banking clients and securities available for sale, repurchases of common stock, and movements of brokerage client-related funds to meet segregation requirements. These changes were partially offset by increases in deposits from banking clients, primarily related to sweep money market deposit accounts.

 

The excess cash held in certain Schwab brokerage client accounts is swept into these money market deposit accounts at Schwab Bank or U.S. Trust. At December 31, 2005, these sweep deposit balances totaled $6.6 billion, up $2.0 billion from December 31, 2004. This sweep deposit activity is reflected on the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows as a cash outflow from payables to brokerage clients (classified as an operating activity) and a cash inflow to deposits from banking clients (classified as a financing activity).

 

The Company’s capital expenditures were $120 million, or $100 million net of proceeds from the sale of fixed assets, in 2005 and $198 million, or $194 million net of proceeds from the sale of fixed assets, in 2004. Capital expenditures, net, as a percentage of revenues totaled 2% and 5% in 2005 and 2004, respectively. In 2005, 85% of capital expenditures were for information technology and 15% for facilities expansion and improvements. Capital expenditures include capitalized costs for developing internal-use software of $45 million in 2005 and $79 million in 2004.

 

Management currently anticipates that 2006 capital expenditures will be approximately 25% higher than 2005 spending. As has been the case in recent years, the Company may adjust its capital expenditures from period to period as business conditions change. Management believes that funds generated by its operations will continue to be the primary funding source of its capital expenditures.

 

Certain cash flows from financing activities by the Company in 2005 include:

 

  Net repayment of $56 million of long-term debt;

 

  Receipt of cash proceeds of $115 million on the exercise of 15 million of the Company’s stock options, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.99 and a related tax benefit of $27 million; and

 

  Payment of common stock dividends of $116 million.

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

 

The Company enters into various off-balance-sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business, primarily to meet the needs of its clients. These arrangements include firm commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Additionally, the Company enters into guarantees and other similar arrangements as part of transactions in the ordinary course of business. For information on each of these arrangements, see “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – 21. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities.”

 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Contractual Obligations

 

A summary of the Company’s principal contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005 is shown in the following table. Excluded from this table are liabilities recorded on the consolidated balance sheet that are generally short-term in nature (e.g., drafts payable and short-term borrowings) or without contractual payment terms (e.g., deposits from banking clients, payables to brokerage clients, and deferred compensation). Management believes that funds generated by its operations, as well as cash provided by external financing, will continue to be the primary funding sources in meeting these obligations.

 

     Less than
1 Year


   1-3
Years


   3-5
Years


   More than
5 Years


   Total

Operating leases (1)

   $ 155    $   274    $   232    $   451    $   1,112

Long-term debt (2)

     68      53      209      52      382

Purchase obligations (3)

     216      134      15      25      390

Long-term incentive plan (4)

          58      3           61
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 439    $ 519    $ 459    $ 528    $ 1,945
    

  

  

  

  


(1) Represents minimum rental commitments, net of sublease commitments, and includes facilities under the Company’s restructuring initiatives.

 

(2) Excludes maturities under a lease financing liability and the effect of interest swaps.

 

(3) Consists of purchase obligations for services such as advertising and marketing, telecommunications, professional services, and hardware- and software-related agreements. Includes purchase obligations of $184 million at December 31, 2005 which can be canceled by the Company without penalty.

 

(4) Represents the liability associated with the Company’s long-term incentive plan.

 

Share Repurchases

 

CSC repurchased 56 million shares of its common stock for $688 million in 2005 and 39 million shares of its common stock for $383 million in 2004. On each of April 28 and July 28, 2005, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of CSC’s common stock. The April 28, 2005 authorization has been exhausted. As of December 31, 2005, CSC had authority to repurchase up to $146 million of its common stock.

 

Dividend Policy

 

Since the initial dividend in 1989, CSC has paid 67 consecutive quarterly dividends and has increased the dividend 16 times, including a 10% and 14% increase in the second and fourth quarters of 2005, respectively. Since 1989, dividends have increased by a 27% compounded annual growth rate. CSC paid common stock dividends of $.089, $.074, and $.050 per share in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. While the payment and amount of dividends are at the discretion of the Board, subject to certain regulatory and other restrictions, the Company currently targets its cash dividend at approximately 10% to 20% of net income.

 

RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Overview

 

The Company’s business activities expose it to a variety of risks including technology and operations risk, credit, market and liquidity risks, and legal and reputational risk. Identification and management of these risks are essential to the success and financial soundness of the Company.

 

Senior management takes an active role in the Company’s risk management process and has developed policies and procedures under which specific business and control units are responsible for identifying, measuring, and controlling various risks. Oversight of risk management has been delegated to the Global Risk Committee, which is comprised of senior managers of major business and control functions. The Global Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing and monitoring the Company’s risk exposures, and leading the continued development of the Company’s risk management policies and practices.

 

- 26 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Functional risk sub-committees focusing on specific areas of risk report into the Global Risk Committee. These sub-committees include:

 

  Corporate Asset-Liability Management and Pricing Committee, which focuses on the Company’s liquidity, capital resources, and interest rate risk;

 

  Credit and Market Risk Oversight Committee, which focuses on the credit exposures resulting from client activity (e.g., margin lending activities and loans to banking clients), the investing activities of certain of the Company’s proprietary funds, corporate credit activities (e.g., counterparty and corporate investing activities), and market risk resulting from the Company taking positions in certain securities to facilitate client trading activity;

 

  Technology and Operations Risk Committee, which focuses on the integrity of controls and operating capacity of the Company’s systems and operations processes;

 

  Fiduciary Risk Committee, which oversees activities of the Company with a fiduciary component; and

 

  New Products Committee, which addresses risks associated with new products and services.

 

The Global Risk Committee reports regularly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (Audit Committee), which reviews major risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures.

 

The Company’s Disclosure Committee is responsible for the monitoring and evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s (a) disclosure controls and procedures and (b) internal control over financial reporting as of the end of each fiscal quarter. The Disclosure Committee reports on this evaluation to the CEO and CFO prior to their certification required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

 

Additionally, the Company’s compliance, finance, internal audit, legal, and risk and credit management departments assist management and the various risk committees in evaluating, testing, and monitoring the Company’s risk management.

 

Risk is inherent in the Company’s business. Consequently, despite the Company’s efforts to identify areas of risk, oversee operational areas involving risk, and implement policies and procedures designed to mitigate risk, there can be no assurance that the Company will not suffer unexpected losses due to operating or other risks. The following discussion highlights the Company’s policies and procedures for identification, assessment, and mitigation of the principal areas of risk in its operations.

 

Technology and Operating Risk

 

Technology and operating risk is the potential for loss due to deficiencies in control processes or technology systems that constrain the Company’s ability to gather, process and communicate information efficiently and securely, without interruptions. The Company’s operations are highly dependent on the integrity of its technology systems and the Company’s success depends, in part, on its ability to make timely enhancements and additions to its technology in anticipation of evolving client needs. To the extent the Company experiences system interruptions, errors or downtime (which could result from a variety of causes, including changes in client use patterns, technological failure, changes to its systems, linkages with third-party systems, and power failures), the Company’s business and operations could be significantly negatively impacted. Additionally, rapid increases in client demand may strain the Company’s ability to enhance its technology and expand its operating capacity. To minimize business interruptions, Schwab has two data centers intended, in part, to further improve the recovery of business processing in the event of an emergency. The Company is committed to an ongoing process of upgrading, enhancing, and testing its technology systems. This effort is focused on meeting client needs, meeting market and regulatory changes, and deploying standardized technology platforms.

 

Technology and operating risk also includes the risk of human error, employee misconduct, external fraud, computer viruses, terrorist attack, and natural disaster. Employee misconduct could include fraud and misappropriation of client or Company assets, improper use or disclosure of confidential client or Company information, and unauthorized activities, such as transactions exceeding acceptable risks or authorized limits. External fraud includes misappropriation of client or Company assets by third parties, including through unauthorized access to Company systems and data and client accounts. The frequency and sophistication of such fraud attempts continue to increase.

 

- 27 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

The Company has specific policies and procedures to identify and manage operational risk, and uses periodic risk self-assessments and internal audit reviews to evaluate the effectiveness of these internal controls. The Company maintains backup and recovery functions, including facilities for backup and communications, and conducts periodic testing of disaster recovery plans. The Company also maintains policies and procedures and technology to protect against fraud and unauthorized access to systems and data.

 

Despite the Company’s risk mitigation efforts, it is not always possible to deter or prevent technological or operational failure, or fraud or other misconduct, and the precautions taken by the Company may not be effective in all cases. The Company may be subject to litigation, losses, and regulatory actions in such cases, and may be required to expend significant additional resources to remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures.

 

The Company also faces technology and operating risk when it employs the services of various external vendors, including domestic and international outsourcing of certain technology, processing, and support functions. The Company manages its exposure to such outsourcing risks through contractual agreements and ongoing monitoring of vendor performance.

 

The Company is actively engaged in the research and development of new technologies, services, and products. The Company endeavors to protect its research and development efforts, and its brands, through the use of copyrights, patents, trade secrets, and contracts. From time to time, the Company may be subject to litigation claims from third parties alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights (e.g., patents). Such litigation can require the expenditure of significant Company resources. If the Company were found to have infringed a third-party patent, or other intellectual property rights, it could incur substantial liability, and in some circumstances could be enjoined from using certain technology, or providing certain products or services.

 

Credit Risk

 

Credit risk is the potential for loss due to a client or counterparty failing to perform its contractual obligations, or the value of collateral held to secure obligations proving to be inadequate. The Company’s direct exposure to credit risk mainly results from margin lending activities, securities lending activities, its role as a counterparty in financial contracts and investing activities, and indirectly from the investing activities of certain of the Company’s proprietary funds. To mitigate the risks of such losses, the Company has established policies and procedures which include: establishing and reviewing credit limits, monitoring of credit limits and quality of counterparties, and adjusting margin requirements for certain securities. In addition, most of the Company’s credit extensions, such as margin loans to clients, securities lending agreements, and resale agreements, are supported by collateral arrangements. These arrangements are subject to requirements to provide additional collateral in the event that market fluctuations result in declines in the value of collateral received.

 

Additionally, the Company has exposure to credit risk associated with the Company’s banking loan portfolios held at U.S. Trust and Schwab Bank. This client credit exposure is actively managed through individual and portfolio reviews performed by account officers and senior line management. Periodic assessment of the validity of credit ratings, credit quality and the credit management process is conducted by a credit review department which is separate from the loan origination and monitoring department. Management regularly reviews asset quality including concentrations, delinquencies, non-performing loans to banking clients, losses, and recoveries. All are factors in the determination of an appropriate allowance for credit losses, which is reviewed quarterly by senior management.

 

Schwab performs clearing services for all securities transactions in its client accounts. Schwab has exposure to credit risk due to its obligation to settle transactions with clearing corporations, mutual funds, and other financial institutions even if Schwab’s client or a counterparty fails to meet its obligations to Schwab.

 

Fiduciary Risk

 

Fiduciary risk is the potential for financial or reputational loss through the breaching of fiduciary duties to a client. Fiduciary activities include, but are not limited to, individual and institutional trust, investment management, custody, and cash and securities processing. The Company attempts to mitigate this risk by establishing procedures to ensure that obligations to clients are discharged faithfully and in compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. Business units have the

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

primary responsibility for adherence to the procedures applicable to their business. Guidance and control are provided through the creation, approval, and ongoing review of applicable policies by business units and various fiduciary risk committees.

 

Legal and Regulatory Risk

 

The Company faces significant legal and compliance risk in its business, and the volume of litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial services firms and the amount of damages claimed have been increasing. Among other things, these risks relate to the suitability of client investments, disclosure obligations and performance expectations for Company products and services, supervision of employees, and the adequacy of the Company’s controls. Claims against the Company may increase due to a variety of factors, such as if clients suffer losses during a period of deteriorating equity market conditions, as the Company increases the level of advice it provides to clients, and as the Company enhances the services it provides to IAs. In addition, the Company and its affiliates are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and foreign regulatory authorities, and SROs, and such regulation is becoming increasingly extensive and complex.

 

The Company attempts to mitigate legal and compliance risk through policies and procedures reasonably designed to avoid litigation claims and prevent or detect violations of applicable legal and regulatory requirements. These procedures address issues such as business conduct and ethics, sales and trading practices, marketing and communications, extension of credit, client funds and securities, books and records, anti-money laundering, client privacy, employment policies, and contracts management. Despite the Company’s efforts to maintain an effective compliance program and internal controls, legal breaches and rule violations, even if unintentional, could result in reputational harm, significant losses and disciplinary sanctions, including limitations on the Company’s business activities.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. While the majority of the Company’s revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are not based on estimates, there are certain critical accounting policies that require management to make estimates regarding matters that are uncertain and susceptible to change where such change may result in a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position and reported financial results. These critical accounting policies are described below. Management regularly reviews the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for reasonableness and adequacy.

 

Valuation of Goodwill: Under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually, or whenever indications of impairment exist. An impairment exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, resulting in an impairment charge for this excess.

 

The Company has elected April 1 as its annual goodwill impairment testing date. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill on April 1, 2005, management estimated the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units (generally defined as the Company’s businesses for which financial information is available and reviewed regularly by management) and compared this value to the carrying value of the reporting unit. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit was greater than its carrying value, and therefore management concluded that no amount of goodwill was impaired. The estimated fair value of the reporting units was established using a discounted cash flow model that includes significant assumptions about the future operating results and cash flows of each reporting unit. Adverse changes in the Company’s planned business operations such as unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, the sale of a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit, or other unforeseen developments could result in an impairment of the Company’s recorded goodwill. The Company’s goodwill balances, net of accumulated amortization, were $809 million and $811 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The decrease in goodwill in 2005 was primarily due to a purchase price adjustment related to U.S. Trust’s acquisition of State Street Corporation’s Private Asset Management group in 2003.

 

Valuation and Estimated Useful Lives of Intangible Assets Other than Goodwill: The Company’s intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill, principally the value of client relationships. Management generally obtains independent valuations to estimate the initial valuation and expected amortization

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

period for client-related intangible assets. These valuations are primarily based on the present value of the estimated net cash flows expected to be derived from the client relationships, and assumptions about future client attrition. At each balance sheet date, management compares the actual and estimated attrition for client-related intangible assets to evaluate whether revisions to the amortization period are necessary. Also, management evaluates the client-related intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Therefore, higher than expected client attrition may result in higher future amortization charges or an impairment charge for client-related intangible assets. The Company’s intangible asset balances, net of accumulated amortization, were $143 million and $153 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

Restructuring Reserves: A portion of the reserves under the Company’s restructuring initiatives are based on assumptions, including the Company’s ability to successfully sublease certain real estate properties. The initial restructuring reserves and any subsequent changes in estimates of such reserves are recorded in restructuring charges on the Company’s consolidated statement of income. Factors and uncertainties which may adversely affect the estimates of sublease income include deterioration in the respective properties’ real estate markets, prolonged vacancy periods prior to execution of tenant subleases, and subtenant default. The Company’s total facilities reserves related to its restructuring initiatives were $169 million and $248 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits: Under U.S. Trust’s trusteed, noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan, the benefit obligation and related plan assets are based on certain estimates – years of employee service, rate of increase in salary, discount rate and expected rate of return on plan assets – which are made by management with recommendations by actuaries. In addition to the years of employee service, rate of increase in salary, and discount rate, U.S. Trust’s postretirement medical and life insurance benefit obligation is based on the health care cost trend rate, which is an actuarial estimated rate of future increases in per capita cost of health care benefits. The Company’s pension benefit obligation was $335 million and $312 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The related pension expense is included in compensation and benefits on the Company’s consolidated statement of income and was $6 million, $7 million, and $8 million for 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities: As part of its asset and liability management process, the Company uses Swaps to manage interest rate risk.

 

U.S. Trust uses LIBOR-based Swaps to hedge the interest rate risk associated with its variable-rate deposits from banking clients and short-term borrowings. The Company has designated these Swaps as cash flow hedges, as allowed by SFAS No. 133 – Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. Therefore, principally all of the cumulative change in the fair value of these Swaps from inception, totaling a net $14 million asset and $6 million liability at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, has been recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is a component of stockholders’ equity that is not recognized in current earnings. Any actual hedge ineffectiveness, which was immaterial for 2005, 2004, and 2003, is recorded in interest expense on the Company’s consolidated statement of income. In order to maintain hedge accounting treatment, management performs a quarterly assessment of its expectation that these Swaps are effective in achieving the desired hedging results.

 

Additionally, the Company has entered into Swaps that effectively convert the interest rate characteristics of a portion of the Company’s Medium-Term Notes from fixed to variable. The Company has designated such Swaps as fair value hedges, as allowed by SFAS No. 133. Since the notional amount, fixed interest rate, and maturity of these Swaps exactly match the terms of the corresponding Medium-Term Notes, the Company has concluded that these Swaps are completely effective in achieving the desired hedging results, as permitted under SFAS No. 133. Consequently, changes in the fair value of these Swaps, totaling an aggregate $2 million and $13 million asset at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, are completely offset by changes in the fair value of the hedged Medium-Term Notes. Accordingly, there has not been any impact on earnings as a result of this hedging program except for the conversion from a fixed to a floating rate of interest on a portion of the Medium-Term Notes.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses: The Company regularly evaluates its portfolio of loans to banking clients and provides allowances for the portion management believes may be uncollectible. Several factors are taken into consideration in this evaluation including current economic conditions, the composition of the loan portfolio, past loss experience, and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. For Schwab Bank and U.S. Trust portfolios, which primarily consist of mortgage loans, a risk-

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

based methodology is used to determine the allowance for credit losses. Mortgage loans are categorized into portfolios by loan type and risk characteristics. A probable loss rate, based on company and industry experience, is used to determine the credit allowance for each portfolio of loans. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company’s allowance for credit losses was $29 million and $27 million on loan portfolios of $8.5 billion and $6.8 billion, respectively.

 

Legal Reserve: The Company is subject to legal, regulatory and other proceedings and claims arising from the conduct of its business. The Company establishes a reserve for potential losses that may arise out of these proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be estimated. The amount of the reserve, which is determined on a case-by-case basis, represents the Company’s best estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, experience in similar cases, available defenses, insurance coverage, and the opinions and views of legal counsel. However, significant judgment is required in making this estimate and the actual cost of resolving a claim may be higher or lower than the amount of the recorded reserve.

 

Stock-based compensation: The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25 – Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations, for its stock-based employee compensation plans. Because the Company grants stock option awards at an exercise price not less than market value, there is no compensation expense recorded when the awards are granted. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company will account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123R – Share-Based Payment. Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123R, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating the expected term of stock options, the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, and expected dividends. Significant changes in these assumptions for future awards could materially impact stock-based compensation expense and the Company’s results of operations. In addition, judgment is also required in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and the Company’s results of operations could be impacted. See “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – 2. Significant Accounting Policies – New Accounting Standards” for a discussion of future compensation expense related to stock option awards, including unvested stock options outstanding at December 31, 2005.

 

Long-term incentive compensation: Eligible officers may receive cash long-term incentive plan units under a long-term incentive plan (LTIP). These awards are restricted from transfer or sale and generally vest over a three- to four-year period. Each award provides for a one-time cash payment for an amount that varies based upon the Company’s cumulative EPS over the respective performance period of each grant, generally three to four years. The Company accrues the estimated total cost for each grant on a straight-line basis over each LTIP’s vesting period, with periodic cumulative adjustments to expense as estimates of the total grant cost are revised. The estimated total cost of each grant will vary based upon changes in estimated and actual cumulative EPS amounts over each LTIP’s performance period. Grants were issued under this LTIP in 2003, 2004, and 2005 with performance periods ending December 31, 2006, 2007, and 2008, respectively. The LTIP liability was $61 million and $24 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The LTIP expense, included in compensation and benefits expense on the Company’s consolidated statement of income, was $37 million, $15 million, and $9 million for the years 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

 

The Company’s management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee. Additionally, management has reviewed with the Audit Committee the Company’s significant estimates discussed in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements are identified by words such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “may,” “estimate,” and other similar expressions. In addition, any statements that refer to expectations, projections, or other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Ratios, and as Noted)

 

beliefs, objectives, and expectations as of the date hereof, are necessarily estimates based on the best judgment of the Company’s senior management. These statements relate to, among other things, the Company’s ability to pursue its business strategy (see “Item 1 – Business – Business Strategy and Competitive Environment”); the impact of legal proceedings and regulatory matters (see “Item 3 – Legal Proceedings” and “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – 21. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities – Legal Contingencies”); the impact of changes in estimated costs related to the firm-wide cost reduction effort on the Company’s results of operations (see Results of Operations – Restructuring and “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements- 18. Restructuring Charges and Discontinued Operations”); sources of liquidity and capital (see Liquidity and Capital Resources – Liquidity and – Contractual Obligations); capital structure (see Liquidity and Capital Resources – Capital Resources); capital expenditures (see Liquidity and Capital Resources – Capital Resources); the impact of changes in management’s estimates on the Company’s results of operations (see Critical Accounting Policies); the impact on the Company’s results of operations of recording stock option expense (see “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – 2. Significant Accounting Policies”); and net interest expense under interest rate swaps (see “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – 22. Financial Instruments Subject to Off-Balance Sheet Risk, Credit Risk or Market Risk”). Achievement of the expressed beliefs, objectives and expectations described in these statements is subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expressed beliefs, objectives, and expectations. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or, in the case of documents incorporated by reference, as of the date of those documents.

 

Important factors that may cause actual results to differ include, but are not limited to: the effects of the Company’s or its competitors’ pricing, product and service decisions; adverse results of litigation or regulatory matters; the Company’s ability to sublease certain properties; the amount of loans to the Company’s banking and brokerage clients; the level of the Company’s stock repurchase activity; the timing and impact of changes in the Company’s level of investments in technology; and changes in revenues and profit margin due to cyclical securities markets and fluctuations in interest rates. Certain of these factors, as well as general risk factors affecting the Company, are discussed in greater detail in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “Item 1A – Risk Factors.”

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Market risk is the potential for loss due to a change in the value of a financial instrument held by the Company as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, equity prices, or currency exchange rates.

 

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk primarily from changes in the interest rates on its interest-earning assets (mainly margin loans to clients, investments, loans to banking clients, mortgage-backed securities, and other fixed-rate investments) and its funding sources (including brokerage client cash balances, banking deposits, proceeds from stock-lending activities, and long-term debt) which finance these assets. To mitigate the risk of loss, the Company has established policies and procedures which include setting guidelines on the amount of net interest revenue at risk, and by monitoring the net interest margin and average maturity of its interest-earning assets and funding sources. The Company also has the ability to adjust the rates paid on certain brokerage client cash balances and certain banking deposits and the rates charged on margin loans. Additionally, the Company uses Swaps to mitigate interest rate exposure associated with short-term floating interest-rate deposits. The Company’s exposure to equity price and currency exchange risks is not material.

 

Financial Instruments Held For Trading Purposes

 

The Company holds fixed income securities, which include municipal and government securities, and corporate bonds, in inventory to meet clients’ trading needs. The fair value of such inventory was approximately $74 million and $54 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. These securities, and the associated interest rate risk, are not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Financial Instruments Held For Purposes Other Than Trading

 

Debt Issuances

 

At December 31, 2005, CSC had $330 million aggregate principal amount of Medium-Term Notes outstanding, with fixed interest rates ranging from 6.21% to 8.05%. At December 31, 2004, CSC had $386 million aggregate principal amount of Medium-Term Notes outstanding, with fixed interest rates ranging from 6.21% to 8.05%. At both December 31, 2005 and 2004, U.S. Trust had $52 million Trust Preferred Capital Securities outstanding, with a fixed interest rate of 8.41%.

 

The Company has fixed cash flow requirements regarding these long-term debt obligations due to the fixed rate of interest. The fair value of these obligations at December 31, 2005 and 2004, based on estimates of market rates for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities, was $407 million and $485 million, respectively, compared to their carrying amounts of $384 million and $451 million, respectively.

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

As part of its consolidated asset and liability management process, the Company utilizes Swaps to manage interest rate risk. For a discussion of such Swaps, see “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – 22. Financial Instruments Subject to Off-Balance Sheet Risk, Credit Risk or Market Risk.”

 

Forward Sale and Interest Rate Lock Commitments

 

For a discussion of Schwab Bank’s forward sale and interest rate lock commitments related to its loans held for sale portfolio, see “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – 22. Financial Instruments Subject to Off-Balance Sheet Risk, Credit Risk or Market Risk.”

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Net Interest Revenue Simulation

 

The Company uses net interest revenue simulation modeling techniques to evaluate and manage the effect of changing interest rates. The simulation model (the model) includes all interest-sensitive assets and liabilities, as well as Swaps utilized by the Company to hedge its interest rate risk. Key variables in the model include assumed balance growth or decline for client loans, deposits, brokerage client cash, changes in the level and term structure of interest rates, the repricing of financial instruments, prepayment and reinvestment assumptions, and product pricing assumptions. The simulations involve assumptions that are inherently uncertain and, as a result, cannot precisely estimate net interest revenue or precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest revenue. Actual results may differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies, including changes in asset and liability mix.

 

As demonstrated by the simulations presented below, the Company is positioned so that the consolidated balance sheet produces an increase in net interest revenue when interest rates rise and, conversely, a decrease in net interest revenue when interest rates fall (i.e., interest-earning assets are repricing more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities).

 

The simulations in the following table assume that the asset and liability structure of the consolidated balance sheet would not be changed as a result of the simulated changes in interest rates. As the Company actively manages its consolidated balance sheet and interest rate exposure, in all likelihood the Company would take steps to manage any additional interest rate exposure that could result from changes in the interest rate environment. The following table shows the results of a gradual 200 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates relative to the Company’s current base rate forecast on simulated net interest revenue over the next twelve months at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

December 31,


   2005

     2004

Increase of 200 basis points

   5.2%       5.7% 

Decrease of 200 basis points

   (5.7%)      (5.9%)

 

While the simulations show a reduction in exposure to rate changes at December 31, 2005 from December 31, 2004, the Company remains positioned to experience increases in net interest revenue as rates rise and decreases as rates fall.

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Consolidated Statement of Income

   36

Consolidated Balance Sheet

   37

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

   38

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

   39

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   40

Note 1.

  

Introduction and Basis of Presentation

   40

Note 2.

  

Significant Accounting Policies

   40

Note 3.

  

Securities Owned

   44

Note 4.

  

Receivables from Brokerage Clients

   46

Note 5.

  

Loans to Banking Clients and Related Allowance for Credit Losses

   46

Note 6.

  

Loan Securitizations

   46

Note 7.

  

Equipment, Office Facilities, and Property

   48

Note 8.

  

Deposits from Banking Clients

   48

Note 9.

  

Payables to Brokers, Dealers, and Clearing Organizations

   49

Note 10.

  

Payables to Brokerage Clients

   49

Note 11.

  

Short-term Borrowings

   49

Note 12.

  

Long-term Debt

   50

Note 13.

  

Taxes on Income

   51

Note 14.

  

Employee Incentive and Deferred Compensation Plans

   52

Note 15.

  

Retirement and Other Employee Benefit Plans

   54

Note 16.

  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

   57

Note 17.

  

Earnings Per Share

   58

Note 18.

  

Restructuring Charges and Discontinued Operations

   59

Note 19.

  

Business Acquisitions and Divestitures

   63

Note 20.

  

Regulatory Requirements

   64

Note 21.

  

Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

   66

Note 22.

  

Financial Instruments Subject to Off-Balance Sheet Risk, Credit Risk, or Market Risk

   67

Note 23.

  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

   71

Note 24.

  

Segment Information

   72

Note 25.

  

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

   74

Note 26.

  

The Charles Schwab Corporation – Parent Company Only Financial Statements (Unconsolidated)

   75

Note 27.

  

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

   77

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

   78

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   79

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Consolidated Statement of Income

 

(In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

Year Ended December 31,


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

Revenues

                        

Asset management and administration fees

   $   2,269     $   2,091     $   1,832  
                          

Interest revenue

     1,944       1,213       968  

Interest expense

     (687 )     (277 )     (240 )
    


 


 


Net interest revenue

     1,257       936       728  
                          

Trading revenue

     779       1,025       1,190  

Other

     159       150       146  
    


 


 


Total

     4,464       4,202       3,896  
    


 


 


Expenses Excluding Interest

                        

Compensation and benefits

     1,902       1,877       1,665  

Occupancy and equipment

     331       389       430  

Professional services

     253       245       175  

Depreciation and amortization

     208       226       277  

Communications

     192       223       228  

Advertising and market development

     178       184       139  

Restructuring charges

     17       214       76  

Impairment charges

                 5  

Other

     198       199       184  
    


 


 


Total

     3,279       3,557       3,179  
    


 


 


Income from continuing operations before taxes on income

     1,185       645       717  

Taxes on income

     (455 )     (231 )     (241 )
    


 


 


Income from continuing operations

     730       414       476  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (5 )     (128 )     (4 )
    


 


 


Net Income

   $ 725     $ 286     $ 472  
    


 


 


Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding — Diluted

     1,308       1,365       1,364  
    


 


 


Earnings Per Share — Basic

                        

Income from continuing operations

   $ .56     $ .31     $ .35  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

         $ (.10 )      

Net income

   $ .56     $ .21     $ .35  

Earnings Per Share — Diluted

                        

Income from continuing operations

   $ .56     $ .30     $ .35  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (.01 )   $ (.09 )      

Net income

   $ .55     $ .21     $ .35  
    


 


 


Dividends Declared Per Common Share

   $ .089     $ .074     $ .050  
    


 


 


 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

(In Millions, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)

 

December 31,


   2005

    2004

 

Assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,330     $ 2,778  

Cash and investments segregated and on deposit for federal or other regulatory purposes (1) (including resale agreements of $8,073 in 2005 and $12,901 in 2004)

     15,259       19,019  

Securities owned — at market value (including securities pledged of $5 in 2005 and $8 in 2004)

     6,857       5,335  

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

     820       482  

Receivables from brokerage clients — net

     10,780       9,841  

Loans to banking clients — net

     8,506       6,822  

Loans held for sale

     17       20  

Equipment, office facilities, and property — net

     797       903  

Goodwill

     809       811  

Intangible assets — net

     143       153  

Other assets

     1,033       969  
    


 


Total

   $   47,351     $   47,133  
    


 


Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                

Deposits from banking clients

   $ 14,108     $ 11,118  

Drafts payable

     225       363  

Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

     1,294       1,468  

Payables to brokerage clients

     24,700       27,154  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,388       1,396  

Short-term borrowings (including federal funds purchased of $71 in 2005 and $38 in 2004)

     672       663  

Long-term debt

     514       585  
    


 


Total liabilities

     42,901       42,747  
    


 


Stockholders’ equity:

                

Preferred stock — 9,940,000 shares authorized; $.01 par value per share; none issued

            

Common stock — 3 billion shares authorized; $.01 par value per share; 1,392,091,544 shares issued

     14       14  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,827       1,769  

Retained earnings

     3,847       3,258  

Treasury stock — 101,377,515 and 61,434,850 shares in 2005 and 2004, respectively, at cost

     (1,124 )     (591 )

Unamortized stock-based compensation

     (81 )     (59 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (33 )     (5 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     4,450       4,386  
    


 


Total

   $ 47,351     $ 47,133  
    


 



(1) Amounts included represent actual balances on deposit, whereas cash and investments required to be segregated for federal or other regulatory purposes at December 31, 2005 and 2004, excluding $200 million of intercompany repurchase agreements, were $14,974 million and $19,004 million, respectively. On January 4, 2006 and January 4, 2005, the Company deposited a net amount of $92 million and $426 million, respectively, into its segregated reserve bank accounts.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

(In Millions)

 

Year Ended December 31,


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

                        

Net income

   $ 725     $ 286     $ 472  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     5       128       4  

Depreciation and amortization

     208       226       277  

Impairment charges

                 5  

Tax benefit from, and amortization of, stock-based awards

     53       64       29  

Deferred income taxes

     13       (4 )     5  

Non-cash restructuring charges

     6       16       12  

Other

     12       2       (26 )

Originations of loans held for sale

     (823 )     (856 )     (1,606 )

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

     830       870       1,585  

Net change in:

                        

Cash and investments segregated and on deposit for federal or other regulatory purposes

     3,759       2,321       (1,065 )

Securities owned (excluding securities available for sale)

     (4 )     32       (117 )

Receivables from brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations

     (338 )     (7 )     (278 )

Receivables from brokerage clients

     (946 )     (1,261 )     (1,741 )

Other assets

     (53 )     (51 )     (72 )

Drafts payable

     (138 )     210       19  

Payables to brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations

     (174 )     (1,165 )     1,184  

Payables to brokerage clients

     (2,454 )     (31 )     1,479  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (6 )     93       (110 )

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

           28       33  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     675       901       89  
    


 


 


Cash Flows from Investing Activities

                        

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (3,342 )     (3,387 )     (3,264 )

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     170       686       397  

Proceeds from maturities, calls, and mandatory redemptions of securities available for sale

     1,588       1,154       819  

Net increase in loans to banking clients

     (1,688 )     (2,112 )     (1,538 )

Proceeds from sales of banking client loans

           1,026       355  

Purchase of equipment, office facilities, and property

     (120 )     (198 )     (147 )

Proceeds from sales of equipment, office facilities, and property

     20       4        

Cash payments for business combinations and investments, net of cash received

           (2 )     (374 )

Proceeds from sales of subsidiaries and investments

     4       271       70  

Net cash used for discontinued operations

           (233 )      
    


 


 


Net cash used for investing activities

     (3,368 )     (2,791 )     (3,682 )
    


 


 


Cash Flows from Financing Activities

                        

Net change in deposits from banking clients

     2,990       2,810       3,077  

Net change in short-term borrowings

     9       (333 )     488  

Proceeds from long-term debt

           136        

Repayment of long-term debt

     (56 )     (315 )     (100 )

Dividends paid

     (116 )     (101 )     (68 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     (697 )     (365 )     (32 )

Proceeds from stock options exercised and other

     115       51       34  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

     2,245       1,883       3,399  
    


 


 


Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (448 )     (7 )     (194 )

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

     2,778       2,785       2,979  
    


 


 


Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

   $ 2,330     $ 2,778     $ 2,785  
    


 


 


 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

 

(In Millions)

 

     Common Stock

   Additional
Paid-In
Capital


    Retained
Earnings


    Treasury
Stock, at
cost


    Unamortized
Stock-based
Compensation


    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss


    Total

 
     Shares

   Amount

            

Balance at December 31, 2002

   1,392    $ 14    $ 1,744     $ 2,769     $ (465 )   $ (33 )   $ (18 )   $ 4,011  
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


 


Comprehensive income:

                                                            

Net income

                   472                         472  

Net gain on cash flow hedging instruments

                                     19       19  

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of reclassification adjustment

                                     (19 )     (19 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                     5       5  
                                                        


Total comprehensive income

                                                         477  

Dividends declared on common stock

                   (68 )                       (68 )

Purchase of treasury stock

                         (32 )                 (32 )

Stock options exercised, and shares and stock options issued under stock-based compensation plans

             (4 )     (47 )     174       (97 )           26  

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to restructuring

             8                   1             9  

Issuance of shares for acquisitions

             1       (1 )     4                   4  

Amortization of stock-based compensation awards

                               34             34  
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2003

   1,392      14      1,749       3,125       (319 )     (95 )     (13 )     4,461  
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


 


Comprehensive income:

                                                            

Net income

                   286                         286  

Net gain on cash flow hedging instruments

                                     15       15  

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of reclassification adjustment

                                     (8 )     (8 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                     1       1  
                                                        


Total comprehensive income

                                                         294  

Dividends declared on common stock

                   (101 )                       (101 )

Purchase of treasury stock

                         (383 )                 (383 )

Stock options exercised, and shares and stock options issued under stock-based compensation plans

             17       (52 )     111       (47 )           29  

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to restructuring

             3                   3             6  

Amortization of stock-based compensation awards

                               80             80  
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2004

   1,392      14      1,769       3,258       (591 )     (59 )     (5 )     4,386  
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


 


Comprehensive income:

                                                            

Net income

                   725                         725  

Net gain on cash flow hedging instruments

                                     12       12  

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of reclassification adjustment

                                     (39 )     (39 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                     (1 )     (1 )
                                                        


Total comprehensive income

                                                         697  

Dividends declared on common stock

                   (116 )                       (116 )

Purchase of treasury stock

                         (688 )                 (688 )

Stock options exercised, and shares and stock options issued under stock-based compensation plans

             57       (20 )     155       (60 )           132  

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to restructuring

             1                   3             4  

Amortization of stock-based compensation awards

                               35             35  
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2005

   1,392    $ 14    $ 1,827     $   3,847       $  (1,124)     $ (81 )   $ (33 )   $   4,450  
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


 


 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

 

The Charles Schwab Corporation (CSC) is a financial holding company engaged, through its subsidiaries, in securities brokerage, banking, and related financial services. Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) is a securities broker-dealer with 296 domestic branch offices in 45 states, as well as a branch in each of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and London, U.K. In addition, Schwab serves clients in Hong Kong through one of CSC’s subsidiaries. U.S. Trust Corporation (USTC, and with its subsidiaries collectively referred to as U.S. Trust) is a wealth management firm that through its subsidiaries also provides fiduciary services and private banking services with 32 offices in 13 states. Other subsidiaries include Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., the investment advisor for Schwab’s proprietary mutual funds, CyberTrader, Inc. (CyberTrader), an electronic trading technology and brokerage firm providing services to highly active, online traders, and Charles Schwab Bank, N.A. (Schwab Bank), a retail bank.

 

The consolidated financial statements include CSC and its majority-owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the Company). These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the accompanying financial statements. Such estimates relate to capitalized development costs for internal-use software; useful lives of intangible assets, equipment, office facilities, and property; valuation of goodwill, intangible assets, and equity investments; valuation of employee stock options; future value of long-term incentive plan units; fair value of financial instruments and investments; allowance for credit losses on banking loans; allowance for doubtful accounts of brokerage clients; retirement and postretirement benefits; future tax benefits; restructuring reserves; and legal reserves. Actual results could differ from such estimates. Certain prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2005 presentation. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

The Company completed the sale of its capital markets business in 2004 and the sale of its U.K. brokerage business in 2003. These financial statements have been adjusted to reflect these businesses as discontinued operations.

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

 

Securities transactions: Clients’ securities transactions are recorded on the date that they settle, while the related commission revenues and expenses are recorded on the date that the trade occurs. Principal transactions are recorded on a trade date basis. Commission revenues and principal transactions are included in trading revenue.

 

Cash and cash equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid investments, including money market funds, interest-bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold, commercial paper and treasury securities, with original maturities of three months or less that are not segregated and on deposit for federal or other regulatory purposes to be cash equivalents.

 

Cash and investments segregated and on deposit for federal or other regulatory purposes consist primarily of securities purchased under agreements to resell (resale agreements), which are collateralized by U.S. government securities, and certificates of deposit. Resale agreements are collateralized investing transactions that are recorded at their contractual amounts plus accrued interest. The Company obtains possession of collateral (U.S. government securities) with a market value equal to or in excess of the principal amount loaned and accrued interest under resale agreements. Collateral is valued daily by the Company, with additional collateral obtained when necessary. Certificates of deposit are recorded at market value.

 

Securities borrowed, securities loaned, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements): Securities borrowed require the Company to deliver cash to the lender in exchange for securities and are included in receivables from brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations. For securities loaned, the Company receives collateral in the form of cash in an amount generally equal to the market value of securities loaned. Securities loaned are included in payables to brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations. The Company monitors the market value of securities borrowed and loaned, with additional collateral obtained or refunded when necessary. Fees received or paid are recorded in interest revenue or interest expense. Repurchase agreements are recorded at their contractual amounts plus accrued interest and are included in short-term borrowings.

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Securities owned include securities available for sale that are recorded at estimated fair value using quoted market prices, where available, or third-party pricing services. Unrealized gains and losses are reported, net of taxes, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses from sales of securities available for sale are determined on a specific identification basis and are included in other revenue.

 

Securities owned also include Schwab Funds® money market funds, fixed income, equity, and other securities, and equity and bond mutual funds and are recorded at estimated fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are included in trading revenue.

 

Receivables from brokerage clients are stated net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2 million and $1 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Cash receivables from brokerage clients that remain unsecured or partially secured for more than 30 days are fully reserved.

 

Nonperforming assets included in the loan portfolio consist of financial instruments where the Company has stopped accruing interest (non-accrual financial instruments). Interest accruals are discontinued when principal or interest is contractually past due 90 days or more unless collectibility of the loan is reasonably assured. Non-accrual financial instruments are generally returned to accrual status only when all delinquent principal and interest payments become current and the collectibility of future principal and interest on a timely basis is reasonably assured.

 

Loans to banking clients are stated net of allowance for credit losses of $29 million and $27 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The allowance is established through charges to income based on management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses in the existing portfolio. The adequacy of the allowance is reviewed regularly by management, taking into consideration current economic conditions, the existing loan portfolio composition, past loss experience and risks inherent in the portfolio, including the value of impaired loans.

 

Loans held for sale consist of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans intended for sale. Loans held for sale are stated at lower of cost or market value. Market value is determined using quoted market prices.

 

Equipment, office facilities, and property: Equipment and office facilities are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset of three to ten years. Buildings are depreciated on a straight-line basis over twenty years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the term of the lease. Software and certain costs incurred for purchasing or developing software for internal use are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of three or five years. Equipment, office facilities and property are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, except for land, which is stated at cost. Equipment, office facilities and property are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.

 

Derivative financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value based upon dealer quotes and third-party pricing services. As part of its consolidated asset and liability management process, the Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements (Swaps) to manage interest rate risk of both fixed-rate and variable-rate financial instruments. The Company applies hedge accounting to these swaps and therefore gains and losses are generally deferred and recognized in interest expense to offset the impact of changing interest rates on the hedged financial instruments.

 

Income taxes: The Company files a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and uses the asset and liability method in recording income tax expense. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their recorded amounts for financial reporting purposes, using currently enacted tax law.

 

Stock-based compensation: The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25 – Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations, for its stock-based employee compensation plans. Because the Company grants stock option awards at an exercise price not less than market value, there is no compensation expense recorded when the awards are granted. Had compensation expense for the Company’s stock option awards been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under those plans consistent with the fair value method of Statement of Financial

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 – Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, the Company would have recorded additional compensation expense and its net income and earnings per share (EPS) would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts presented in the following table:

 

     2005

     2004

     2003

Expense for stock-based compensation (after tax) (1):

                        

As reported

   $ 14      $ 39      $ 23

Pro forma (2)

   $ 58      $ 127      $ 124

Net income:

                        

As reported

   $   725      $   286      $   472

Pro forma

   $ 681      $ 198      $ 371

Basic EPS:

                        

As reported

   $ .56      $ .21      $ .35

Pro forma

   $ .53      $ .15      $ .28

Diluted EPS:

                        

As reported

   $ .55      $ .21      $ .35

Pro forma

   $ .52      $ .15      $ .27

(1) Includes compensation expense related to restricted stock awards of $12 million, $37 million, and $18 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

 

(2) Includes pro forma compensation expense related to stock options granted in both current and prior years. Pro forma stock option compensation is amortized on a basis consistent with the vesting terms over the vesting period beginning with the month in which the option was granted.

 

The Company changed its option pricing model from the Black-Scholes model to a binomial model for all options granted on or after January 1, 2004. The fair values of stock options granted prior to January 1, 2004 were determined using the Black-Scholes model. The Company believes that the binomial model offers greater flexibility in reflecting the characteristics of employee stock options. The binomial model takes into account similar inputs to a Black-Scholes model such as volatility, dividend yield rate, and risk-free interest rate. In addition to these assumptions, the binomial model considers the contractual term of the option, the probability that the option will be exercised prior to the end of its contractual life, and the probability of termination or retirement of the option holder in computing the value of the option. The Company determines these probabilities generally based on analysis of historical trends of such events. The weighted-average of the assumptions used in the respective option pricing models were as follows:

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Expected dividend yield

   .48 %   .48 %   .30 %

Expected volatility

   28 %   35 %   49 %

Risk-free interest rate

   4.1 %   3.9 %   2.7 %

Expected life (in years) (1)

   3.2     3.4     5.0  

(1) Reflects a decrease in the contractual term and vesting period for 2005 and 2004 stock option grants.

 

Long-term incentive compensation: Eligible officers may receive cash long-term incentive plan units under a long-term incentive plan (LTIP). These awards are restricted from transfer or sale and generally vest annually over a three- to four-year period. Each award provides for a one-time cash payment for an amount that varies based upon the Company’s cumulative EPS over the respective performance period of each grant, generally three to four years. The Company accrues the estimated total cost for each grant on a straight-line basis over each LTIP’s vesting period, with periodic cumulative adjustments to expense as estimates of the total grant cost are revised.

 

Goodwill represents the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of the related net assets acquired. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually or whenever indications of impairment exist. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, management estimates the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units (generally defined as the Company’s businesses for which financial information is available and reviewed regularly by management), and compares it to their

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

carrying value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, management is required to estimate the fair value of all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is greater than the estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recognized for the excess. The Company has elected April 1 as its annual impairment testing date.

 

The carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment is presented in the following table:

 

December 31,


   2005

     2004

Schwab Investor Services

   $   419      $   419

U.S. Trust

     390        392
    

    

Total

   $ 809      $ 811
    

    

 

The decrease in goodwill in 2005 was primarily due to a purchase price adjustment related to U.S. Trust’s acquisition of State Street Corporation’s Private Asset Management group in 2003.

 

Intangible assets consist primarily of purchased client accounts. These intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized over their estimated useful lives and subject to impairment testing whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. In testing for a potential impairment of intangible assets, management assesses whether the future cash flows related to the asset will be greater than its carrying value at the time of the test. Accordingly, the process of evaluating a potential impairment is based on estimates and is subjective.

 

The Company’s gross amortizing intangible asset balances were $145 million at both December 31, 2005 and 2004. Accumulated amortization relating to these intangible assets was $21 million and $11 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. These intangible assets have a remaining weighted-average estimated useful life of 18 years. The Company recorded amortization expense of $10 million, $9 million, and $2 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively, related to these intangible assets. Estimated future amortization expense for these intangible assets is approximately $10 million in 2006, $7 million in each of 2007 and 2008, and $6 million in each of 2009 and 2010.

 

Additionally, the Company has certain intangible assets which are non-amortizing but are subject to impairment testing as described above. The Company’s non-amortizing intangible asset balances were $19 million at both December 31, 2005 and 2004, and are primarily comprised of the value of contracts acquired in 2004 to manage investments of mutual funds.

 

New accounting standards: A revision to SFAS No. 123, Share-Based Payment (SFAS No. 123R), which supersedes APB No. 25 and was issued in December 2004, requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payments be recognized as an expense in the consolidated financial statements, and also changes the classification of certain tax benefits in the consolidated statement of cash flows. In April 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) adopted a new rule that delays the compliance dates for SFAS No. 123R to January 1, 2006. Beginning on January 1, 2006, the Company will record compensation expense for unvested stock option awards over the future periods in which the awards vest. Based on stock options outstanding at December 31, 2005, pre-tax compensation expense related to stock option awards would be approximately $19 million in 2006 and $9 million in 2007, which equates to a decrease in EPS of $.01 in 2006. The amount and timing of total future compensation expense related to stock option grants will vary based upon additional awards, if any, cancellations, forfeitures, or modifications of existing awards, and employee severance terms.

 

SFAS No. 153 – Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets was issued in December 2004 and was effective beginning July 1, 2005. This statement amends APB No. 29 – Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions. SFAS No. 153 replaces an exception for recognizing gains and losses on the exchange of similar productive assets with a general exception for recognizing gains for exchange transactions that do not have commercial substance and are therefore not expected to result in significant changes in the cash flows of the reporting entity. The adoption of SFAS No. 153 did not have, and is not expected to have, a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, EPS, or cash flows.

 

SFAS No. 154 – Accounting Changes and Error Corrections was issued in May 2005 and is effective beginning January 1, 2006. This statement replaces APB No. 20 – Accounting Changes, and SFAS No. 3 – Reporting Accounting Changes in

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Interim Financial Statements, and changes the requirements for reporting a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 generally requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of changes in accounting principle. The adoption of SFAS No. 154 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, EPS, or cash flows.

 

3. Securities Owned

 

A summary of securities owned is as follows:

 

December 31,


   2005

     2004

Securities available for sale

   $   6,387      $   4,870

Schwab Funds® money market funds

     271        285

Fixed income, equity, and other securities

     166        161

Equity and bond mutual funds

     33        19
    

    

Total

   $ 6,857      $ 5,335
    

    

 

The amortized cost, estimated fair value, and gross unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale are as follows:

 

December 31,


       2005

     2004

U.S. treasury securities:

  Amortized cost    $ 372      $ 263
   

Aggregate fair value

   $ 372      $ 262
   

Gross unrealized gains

           
   

Gross unrealized losses

          $ 1

U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations:

 

Amortized cost

     1,273        1,534
   

Aggregate fair value

     1,248        1,534
   

Gross unrealized gains

            5
   

Gross unrealized losses

     25        5

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

  Amortized cost      4,794        3,062
   

Aggregate fair value

     4,746        3,051
   

Gross unrealized gains

     6        5
   

Gross unrealized losses

     54        16

Other securities:

  Amortized cost      21        23
   

Aggregate fair value

     21        23
   

Gross unrealized gains

           
   

Gross unrealized losses

           

Total securities available for sale:

  Amortized cost    $   6,460      $   4,882
   

Aggregate fair value

   $ 6,387      $ 4,870
   

Gross unrealized gains

   $ 6      $ 10
   

Gross unrealized losses

   $ 79      $ 22

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

A summary of investments with unrealized losses, aggregated by category and period of continuous unrealized loss, at December 31, 2005, is as follows:

 

     Less than 12 months

   12 months or longer

   Total

     Fair
Value


   Unrealized
Losses


   Fair
Value


   Unrealized
Losses


   Fair
Value


   Unrealized
Losses


U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations

   $ 850    $ 14    $ 352    $ 11    $ 1,202    $ 25

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     2,352      21      1,004      33      3,356      54
    

  

  

  

  

  

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $   3,202    $ 35    $   1,356    $ 44    $   4,558    $ 79
    

  

  

  

  

  

 

Management views the unrealized losses noted above as temporary as the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality. The determination of whether or not other-than-temporary impairment exists is a matter of judgment. Factors considered in evaluating whether a decline in value is other than temporary include: the financial conditions and near-term prospects of the issuer; the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery; and the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost.

 

The maturities and related weighted-average yields of debt securities available for sale at December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 

     Within
1 Year


    1 - 5
Years


    5 - 10
Years


    After 10
Years


    Total

 

U.S. treasury securities

   $ 370     $ 2                 $ 372  

U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations

     26       74           $   1,173       1,273  

Collateralized mortgage obligations (1)

           20     $ 59       4,715       4,794  

Other debt securities

     5       16                   21  
    


 


 


 


 


Total at amortized cost

     401       112       59       5,888       6,460  

Estimated fair value

     401       111       59       5,816       6,387  
    


 


 


 


 


Net unrealized losses

         $ 1           $ 72     $ 73  
    


 


 


 


 


Weighted-average yield (2)

     1.42 %     5.13 %     4.86 %     4.76 %     4.56 %

(1) Collateralized mortgage obligations have been allocated over maturity groupings based on contractual maturities. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

 

(2) Yields have been computed by dividing annualized interest revenue, on a taxable equivalent basis, by the amortized cost of the respective securities at December 31, 2005.

 

Gross proceeds and gross realized gains and losses related to sales of securities available for sale are as follows. Realized gains and losses of securities available for sale are included in other income on the Company’s consolidated income statement.

 

     2005

     2004

     2003

Gross proceeds

   $   170      $   686      $   397

Gross realized gains

   $ 2      $ 9      $ 12

Gross realized losses

          $ (2 )     

 

The Company’s positions in Schwab Funds® money market funds arise from certain overnight funding of clients’ redemption, check-writing, and debit card activities. Fixed income, equity, and other securities include fixed income securities held to meet clients’ trading activities, and investments made by the Company relating to its deferred compensation plan. Equity and bond mutual funds include inventory maintained to facilitate certain Schwab Funds and third-party mutual fund clients’ transactions.

 

Securities sold, but not yet purchased of $15 million at December 31, 2005 consisted primarily of equity positions which are held as a hedge against securities owned. At December 31, 2004, securities sold, but not yet purchased of $16 million

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

consisted of mutual fund shares that are distributed to clients to satisfy their dividend reinvestment requests. These securities are recorded at market value in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

 

4. Receivables from Brokerage Clients

 

Receivables from brokerage clients consist primarily of margin loans to brokerage clients of $10.4 billion and $9.8 billion at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Securities owned by brokerage clients are held as collateral for margin loans. Such collateral is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

 

5. Loans to Banking Clients and Related Allowance for Credit Losses

 

An analysis of the composition of the loan portfolio is as follows:

 

December 31,


   2005

     2004

 

Residential real estate mortgages

   $   5,374      $   4,308  

Home equity lines of credit

     1,375        1,034  

Consumer loans

     1,244        971  

Other

     542        536  
    


  


Total loans

     8,535        6,849  

Less: allowance for credit losses

     (29 )      (27 )
    


  


Loans to banking clients – net

   $ 8,506      $ 6,822  
    


  


 

Included in the loan portfolio are non-accrual loans totaling $1 million at both December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Non-accrual loans are considered impaired by the Company, and represent all the Company’s nonperforming assets at both December 31, 2005 and 2004. The amount of loans accruing interest that were contractually 90 days or more past due was $2 million and $4 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. For 2005 and 2004, the impact of interest revenue which would have been earned on non-accrual loans versus interest revenue recognized on these loans was not material to the Company’s results of operations.

 

A summary of activity in the allowance for credit losses related to loans to banking clients is as follows. Recoveries were immaterial for each of 2005, 2004, and 2003.

 

     2005

     2004

     2003

 

Balance at beginning of year

   $   27      $   27      $   24  

Provision

     3        2        4  

Release of allowance on loans sold

            (2 )      (1 )

Charge-offs

     (1 )              
    


  


  


Balance at end of year

   $ 29      $ 27      $ 27  
    


  


  


 

6. Loan Securitizations

 

In the fourth quarter of 2004, U.S. Trust sold $1.0 billion of residential mortgage loans originated through its private banking business in a securitization transaction. In the securitization, U.S. Trust retained a portion of the senior mortgage pass-through certificates and all subordinated pass-through certificates that were created by the securitization process (the retained securities), and the servicing rights. U.S. Trust received proceeds of $1.0 billion from the securitization, reacquired the retained securities of $820 million, and recognized an immaterial net gain after payment of transaction expenses. The securitization transaction was accounted for as a sale under the requirements of SFAS No. 140 – Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

The fair value of the retained securities at the date of securitization were primarily determined based on the following key economic assumptions:

 

Average discount rate

   4.5 %

Constant prepayment rate (1)

   25 %

Prepayment speed assumption

     (2)

Expected weighted average life (in years)

   2.4  

Expected credit losses

   0 %

(1) Constant prepayment rate and constant prepayment rate to balloon methodologies were used.

 

(2) Based upon the Public Securities Association convention, a 300% prepayment speed assumption equates to an increasing constant prepayment rate from 0% to 18% over the initial 30 month loan term and 18% thereafter.

 

The estimated fair values of the retained securities were $658 million and $805 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and were included in securities owned on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The fair value of the servicing rights were immaterial. Key economic assumptions, and the sensitivities of the current fair value of retained securities related to the securitization to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions, are presented in the table below.

 

December 31,


   2005

 

Fair value of retained securities

   $ 658  

Expected weighted-average life (in years)

     2.8 -6.4  

Prepayment speed assumption (1)

     18 -20 %

Impact on fair value of:

        

50 basis point adverse change

   $ (2 )

100 basis point adverse change

   $ (3 )

Discount rate assumption

       5.9 -6.9 %

Impact on fair value of:

        

50 basis point adverse change

   $ (8 )

100 basis point adverse change

   $ (16 )

(1) Constant prepayment rate and constant prepayment rate to balloon methodologies were used.

 

The sensitivity analysis above is hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in the table above, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In practice, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

 

Cash flows received from the retained securities were $163 million and $28 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Cash flows received from servicing fees were $4 million in 2005 and immaterial in 2004.

 

Any credit losses on the securitized loans are assigned to U.S. Trust, as holder of the subordinated securities, up to the par value. There were no delinquencies in the securitized mortgage loans at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and there were no losses for either 2005 or 2004. U.S. Trust has not guaranteed the mortgage loans as these transactions are structured without recourse to U.S. Trust or the Company.

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

The following table presents information about the principal balances of managed and securitized loans.

 

December 31,


   2005

     2004

 

Residential real estate mortgages

   $ 6,426      $ 5,596  

Home equity lines of credit

     1,375        1,034  

Consumer loans

     1,244        971  

Other

     542        536  
    

    


Total loans managed and securitized

     9,587        8,137  

Less:

                 

Sold or securitized loans

         1,035        1,268  

Loans held for sale

     17        20  

Allowance for credit losses

     29        27  
    

    


Total loans to banking clients - net

   $ 8,506      $     6,822  
    

    


 

7. Equipment, Office Facilities, and Property

 

Equipment, office facilities, and property are detailed below:

December 31,


   2005

     2004

 

Land

   $ 56      $ 55  

Buildings

     474        474  

Leasehold improvements

     334        356  

Furniture and equipment

     186        218  

Telecommunications equipment

     113        145  

Information technology equipment

     386        426  

Software

     781        667  

Software development and construction in progress

     4        61  
    


  


Subtotal

         2,334            2,402  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,537 )      (1,499 )
    


  


Total

   $ 797      $ 903  
    


  


 

8. Deposits from Banking Clients

 

Deposits from banking clients consist of money market and other savings deposits, certificates of deposit, and noninterest-bearing deposits. Deposits from banking clients are as follows:

December 31,


   2005

     2004

 

Interest-bearing deposits (1)

   $ 13,420      $ 10,280  

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     688        838  
    

    


Total

   $   14,108      $   11,118  
    

    



(1) Includes certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, totaling $969 million and $340 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company paid an average rate of 1.91% and 1.15%, respectively, on its interest-bearing deposits from banking clients.

 

Demand deposit overdrafts of $82 million and $72 million were included as other loans within loans to banking clients at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

9. Payables to Brokers, Dealers, and Clearing Organizations

 

Payables to brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations consist primarily of securities loaned of $1.2 billion and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The cash collateral received from counterparties under securities lending transactions was equal to or greater than the market value of the securities loaned.

 

10. Payables to Brokerage Clients

 

The principal source of funding for Schwab’s margin lending is cash balances in brokerage client accounts. At December 31, 2005, Schwab was paying interest at 2.1% on $20.9 billion of cash balances in brokerage client accounts, which were included in payables to brokerage clients. At December 31, 2004, Schwab was paying interest at 1.2% on $23.9 billion of such cash balances.

 

11. Short-term Borrowings

 

CSC may borrow up to $800 million under a committed, unsecured credit facility with a group of eighteen banks which is scheduled to expire in June 2006. This facility replaced a facility that expired in June 2005. The funds under this facility are available for general corporate purposes and CSC pays a commitment fee on the unused balance of this facility. The financial covenants in this facility require CSC to maintain a minimum level of stockholders’ equity, Schwab to maintain minimum net capital ratios, as defined, and CSC’s depository institution subsidiaries to be well capitalized, as defined. These facilities were unused at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

To manage short-term liquidity, Schwab maintains uncommitted, unsecured bank credit lines with a group of eight banks totaling $844 million at December 31, 2005. CSC has access to $794 million of these credit lines. The amount available to CSC under these lines is lower than the amount available to Schwab because the credit line provided by one of these banks is only available to Schwab. There were no borrowings outstanding under these lines at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

To satisfy the margin requirement of client option transactions with the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC), Schwab has unsecured letter of credit agreements with eight banks in favor of the OCC aggregating $630 million at December 31, 2005. Schwab pays a fee to maintain these arrangements. In connection with its securities lending activities, Schwab is required to provide collateral to certain brokerage clients. Schwab satisfies the collateral requirements by arranging letters of credit (LOCs), in favor of these brokerage clients, that are guaranteed by multiple banks. At December 31, 2005, the outstanding value of these LOCs totaled $130 million. No funds were drawn under these LOCs at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

Other short-term borrowings include Federal Home Loan Bank System borrowings, federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements, and other borrowed funds. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, these other short-term borrowings totaled $672 million and $663 million, respectively, with weighted-average interest rates ranging from 4.06% to 4.49% and 2.13% to 2.50%, respectively.

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

12. Long-term Debt

 

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

December 31,


   2005

     2004

Senior Medium-Term Notes, Series A

   $ 330      $ 386

Lease financing liability

     130        134

8.41% Trust Preferred Capital Securities

     52        52

Fair value adjustment (1)

     2        13
    

    

Total

   $   514      $   585
    

    


(1) Represents the fair value adjustment related to hedged Medium-Term Notes.

 

The aggregate principal amount of Senior Medium-Term Notes, Series A (Medium-Term Notes) outstanding at December 31, 2005 had maturities ranging from 2006 to 2010. The aggregate principal amount of Medium-Term Notes outstanding at both December 31, 2005 and 2004 had fixed interest rates ranging from 6.21% to 8.05%. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Medium-Term Notes carried a weighted-average interest rate of 7.56% and 7.46%, respectively.

 

Upon adoption of FIN No. 46 in the first quarter of 2003, the Company consolidated a Trust and recorded a note payable of $235 million. This Trust was formed in 2000 to finance the acquisition and renovation of an office building and land. In 2004, the Company exercised its option to purchase this property from the Trust and repaid $99 million of the note payable. Simultaneously, the Company completed a transaction on this property with American Financial Realty Trust, a publicly-traded real estate investment trust, resulting in proceeds of $136 million, which was used to repay the remainder of the note payable, and a 20-year lease. This transaction was accounted for as a financing lease. The remaining lease financing liability of $130 million at December 31, 2005 is being reduced by a portion of the lease payments over the 20-year term.

 

The Trust Preferred Capital Securities qualify as tier 1 capital under guidelines of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board) and have no voting rights. Holders of the Trust Preferred Capital Securities are entitled to receive cumulative cash distributions semi-annually. The Company has the right to redeem the Trust Preferred Capital Securities prior to their stated maturity of February 1, 2027, on or after February 1, 2007, upon approval (if then required) of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Annual maturities on long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 

2006

   $ 72

2007

     43

2008

     20

2009

     14

2010

     205

Thereafter

     158
    

Total maturities

     512

Fair value adjustment

     2
    

Total

   $   514
    

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

13. Taxes on Income

 

Income tax expense on income from continuing operations is as follows:

 

     2005

     2004

     2003

 

Current:

                          

Federal

   $   390      $   196      $   215  

State

     52        39        21  
    


  


  


Total current

     442        235        236  
    


  


  


Deferred:

                          

Federal

     (5 )      15        8  

State

     18        (19 )      (3 )
    


  


  


Total deferred

     13        (4 )      5  
    


  


  


Taxes on income

   $ 455      $ 231      $ 241  
    


  


  


 

The above amounts do not include tax benefits or expense from the exercise of stock options and the vesting of restricted stock awards, which for accounting purposes are recorded in additional paid-in capital. Such tax amounts totaled a net tax benefit of $31 million and $16 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively, compared to net tax expense of $3 million in 2003.

 

The income tax expense related to gain from discontinued operations was $9 million in 2005. The income tax benefit related to loss from discontinued operations was $71 million and $2 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

The temporary differences that created deferred tax assets and liabilities, included in other assets, are detailed below:

 

December 31,


   2005

     2004

 

Deferred tax assets:

                 

Employee compensation, severance and benefits

   $ 131      $ 134  

Facilities lease commitments

     130        161  

Reserves and allowances

     41        46  

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

     27        5  

State loss carryforwards (1)

     17        25  

Other

     15        7  
    


  


Total deferred assets

     361        378  
    


  


Deferred tax liabilities:

                 

Depreciation and amortization

     (77 )      (91 )

Capitalized internal-use software development costs

     (61 )      (68 )
    


  


Total deferred liabilities

     (138 )      (159 )
    


  


Net deferred tax asset

   $ 223      $ 219  
    


  



(1) Consists primarily of net operating losses in New York State that will expire in 2022 through 2025. Realization is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in New York State prior to the expiration of such losses.

 

The Company determined that no valuation allowance against deferred tax assets at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was necessary.

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

The effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate as follows:

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Federal statutory income tax rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

   3.3     2.4     1.6  

Gain on investment in Aitken Campbell

           (1.9 )

Merger-related costs

           (1.5 )

Other

   .1     (1.6 )   .4  
    

 

 

Effective income tax rate

   38.4 %   35.8 %   33.6 %
    

 

 

 

The effective income tax rate including discontinued operations was 39.0% in 2005, 35.9% in 2004, and 33.6% in 2003.

 

14. Employee Incentive and Deferred Compensation Plans

 

Stock Option Plans

 

The Company’s stock incentive plans provide for granting options to employees, officers, and directors. Options are granted for the purchase of shares of common stock at an exercise price not less than market value on the date of grant, and expire within seven or ten years from the date of grant. Options generally vest annually over a three- to four-year period from the date of grant. In the second half of 2005, 8 million fully vested options were granted to senior officers at exercise prices of 112% and 125% (and also 140% for the Chief Executive Officer) of market value on the date of grant.

 

A summary of option activity follows:

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

     Number
of
Options


    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price


   Number
of
Options


    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price


   Number
of
Options


    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price


Outstanding at beginning of year

   133     $ 14.88    136     $ 15.25    156     $ 15.38

Granted

   11     $ 15.49    22     $ 9.39    2     $ 9.39

Exercised

   (15 )   $ 7.99    (11 )   $ 4.88    (6 )   $ 6.21

Forfeited

   (4 )   $ 10.87    (6 )   $ 14.25    (8 )   $ 18.45

Expired

   (10 )   $ 21.66    (8 )   $ 20.77    (8 )   $ 19.18
    

 

  

 

  

 

Outstanding at end of year

   115     $ 15.33    133     $ 14.88    136     $ 15.25
    

 

  

 

  

 

Exercisable at end of year

   100     $ 16.04    101     $ 15.97    90     $ 15.03
    

 

  

 

  

 

Available for future grant at end of year

   37            37            44        
    

 

  

 

  

 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year (1)

         $ 2.56          $ 2.75          $ 4.20
          

        

        


(1) The fair value of options granted is estimated as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for grants made prior to January 1, 2004, and a binomial option pricing model for grants made on or after January 1, 2004.

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Options outstanding and exercisable are as follows:

 

December 31, 2005

 

      

Options Outstanding


   Options Exercisable

Range of

Exercise Prices


    

Number
of Options


   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)


   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price


   Number
of Options


   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price


$     .11 to $   9.00

     17    2.3    $ 7.91    16    $ 7.84

$   9.01 to $ 11.00

     26    5.7    $ 9.62    17    $ 9.67

$ 11.01 to $ 15.00

     18    5.5    $ 12.74    13    $ 12.90

$ 15.01 to $ 20.00

     29    5.1    $ 16.11    29    $ 16.12

$ 20.01 to $ 38.29

     25    3.7    $ 26.87    25    $ 26.87

    
  
  

  
  

$     .11 to $ 38.29

     115    4.6    $ 15.33    100    $ 16.04

    
  
  

  
  

 

Restricted Stock and Long-term Incentive Plans

 

The Company’s stock incentive plans provide for granting restricted stock awards to employees and officers. Restricted stock awards are restricted from transfer or sale and generally vest annually over a four-year period, but some vest based upon the Company or one of its subsidiaries achieving certain financial or other measures.

 

Eligible officers may receive LTIP units under a long-term incentive program. These awards are restricted from transfer or sale and generally vest annually over a three- to four-year performance period. The cash payout of the LTIP units, which may range from $0 to $4 per unit, will be made following the end of the performance period based upon the Company achieving certain cumulative EPS levels.

 

Restricted stock and LTIP unit information is as follows:

 

     2005

     2004

     2003

Restricted Stock:

                        

Restricted stock awards (shares)

     4        4        11

Average market price of awarded shares

   $   14.01      $   11.93      $   8.75

Restricted shares outstanding (at year end)

     8        9        13

Restricted stock amortization

   $ 20      $ 27      $ 28

LTIP:

                        

LTIP units outstanding at year end

     124        91        52

LTIP unit compensation expense

   $ 37      $ 15      $ 9

LTIP liability at year end

   $ 61      $ 24      $ 9

 

Other Deferred Compensation Plans

 

The Company sponsors deferred compensation plans for eligible officers and non-employee directors. The Company’s deferred compensation plan for officers permits participants to defer the payment of certain cash compensation. The deferred compensation liability was $221 million at both December 31, 2005 and 2004. The Company’s deferred compensation plan for non-employee directors permits participants to defer receipt of all or a portion of their directors’ fees and to receive either a grant of stock options, or upon ceasing to serve as a director, the number of shares of CSC’s common stock that would have resulted from investing the deferred fee amount into CSC’s common stock.

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

15. Retirement and Other Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company’s retirement and other employee benefit plans consist of CSC’s and U.S. Trust’s plans that were in effect prior to the merger with USTC in 2000. The following summarizes such plans.

 

Retirement Plans

 

Eligible employees of the Company who have met certain service requirements may participate in the Company’s qualified retirement plan, the SchwabPlan® Retirement Savings and Investment Plan. The Company may match certain employee contributions or make additional contributions to this plan at its discretion. Total company contribution expense was $51 million in 2005, $48 million in 2004, and $3 million in 2003. In 2004, the Company reinstated its 401(k) employee contribution match, which was suspended in 2003 (except for a discretionary award to certain non-officer employees made in the fourth quarter of 2003).

 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

 

U.S. Trust maintains a trustee managed, noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan for the benefit of eligible U.S. Trust employees, the U.S. Trust Corporation Employees’ Retirement Plan (the Pension Plan).

 

U.S. Trust provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for active employees, who were employed by U.S. Trust prior to 1990, and certain qualifying retired employees and their dependents. Postretirement medical and life insurance benefits are accrued during the years that the employee renders service to reflect the expected cost of providing health care and life insurance and other benefits to an employee upon retirement.

 

The following table summarizes the components of retirement and postretirement benefit expenses (credits), the funded status of U.S. Trust’s qualified retirement plan, changes in the benefit obligations related to these plans and the major assumptions used to determine these amounts.

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

    2005

    2004

    2003

 
    Pension
Plan


    Health &
Life


    Total

    Pension
Plan


    Health &
Life


    Total

    Pension
Plan


    Health &
Life


    Total

 
Change in benefit obligation:                                                                        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 312     $ 22     $   334     $ 283     $ 21     $   304     $ 281     $ 21     $   302  

Service cost, including expenses

    12             12       11             11       13             13  

Interest cost

    18       1       19       17       1       18       19       1       20  

Amendments (1)

                                        (49 )           (49 )

Actuarial loss

    8             8       15       2       17       31             31  

Benefits and expenses paid

    (15 )     (1 )     (16 )     (14 )     (2 )     (16 )     (12 )     (1 )     (13 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Benefit obligation at end of year

  $ 335     $ 22     $ 357     $ 312     $ 22     $ 334     $ 283     $ 21     $ 304  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Change in plan assets:                                                                        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $ 346           $ 346     $ 284           $ 284     $ 252           $ 252  

Actual gain on plan assets

    55             55       35             35       44             44  

Employer contribution

        $ 1       1       40     $ 2       42           $ 1       1  

Benefits and expenses paid

    (15 )     (1 )     (16 )     (13 )     (2 )     (15 )     (12 )     (1 )     (13 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $ 386     $     $ 386     $ 346           $ 346     $ 284           $ 284  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Funded Status

  $ 51     $ (21 )   $ 30     $ 34     $ (22 )   $ 12     $ 1     $ (21 )   $ (20 )

Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)

    55             55       81       1       82       85       (1 )     84  

Unrecognized prior service benefit

    (38 )           (38 )     (41 )           (41 )     (45 )           (45 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net amount recognized

  $ 68     $ (21 )   $ 47     $ 74     $ (21 )   $ 53     $ 41     $ (22 )   $ 19  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Amount recognized in the balance sheet consists of:

                                                                       

Prepaid benefit cost

  $ 68           $ 68     $ 74           $ 74     $ 41           $ 41  

Accrued benefit costs

        $ (21 )     (21 )         $ (21 )     (21 )         $ (22 )     (22 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net amount recognized

  $ 68     $ (21 )   $ 47     $ 74     $ (21 )   $ 53     $ 41     $ (22 )   $ 19  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Components of net periodic benefit cost:                                                                        

Service cost and expenses

  $ 12           $ 12     $ 11           $ 11     $ 13           $ 13  

Interest cost

    18     $ 1       19       17     $ 1       18       19     $ 1       20  

Expected return on plan assets

    (26 )           (26 )     (22 )           (22 )     (24 )           (24 )

Amortization of prior service cost

    (4 )           (4 )     (4 )           (4 )                  

Amortization of net loss

    6             6       5             5                    
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net periodic benefit expense (2) 

  $ 6     $ 1     $ 7     $ 7     $ 1     $ 8     $ 8     $ 1     $ 9  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Additional information                                                                        

Increase in additional minimum liability included in other comprehensive income

          n/a                     n/a                     n/a          
   


 


         


 


         


 


       
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations                                                                        

Discount rate

    5.88 %     5.88 %             5.88 %     5.88 %             6.00 %     6.00 %        

Rate of increase in compensation (3)

    5.14 %     5.14 %             5.10 %     5.10 %             5.25 %     5.25 %        

Measurement date

   
 
Sept. 30,
2005
 
 
   
 
Sept. 30,
2005
 
 
           
 
Sept. 30,
2004
 
 
   
 
Sept. 30,
2004
 
 
           
 
Sept. 30,
2003
 
 
   
 
Sept. 30,
2003
 
 
       
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost                                                                        

Discount rate

    5.88 %     5.88 %             6.00 %     6.00 %             6.75 %     6.75 %        

Rate of increase in compensation (3)

    5.10 %     5.10 %             5.25 %     5.25 %             5.30 %     5.30 %        

Expected rate of return on plan assets

    8.25 %     n/a               8.25 %     n/a               8.25 %     n/a          

(1) In 2003, U.S. Trust amended the Pension Plan with respect to the computation of retirement benefits earned by qualifying employees hired on or before December 31, 2001.

 

(2) The pension expense and postretirement benefit expense are determined using the assumptions as of the beginning of the year. The benefit obligations and the funded status are determined using the assumptions as of the end of the year. The measurement date of the Pension Plan is September 30.

 

(3) The assumed rate of increase in compensation is based on the age-related table with assumed rates of increase in compensation ranging from 3.7% to 8.0% in 2005, and 3.0% to 8.0% in both 2004 and 2003.

 

n/a Not applicable.

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Pension Plan was $332 million and $311 million at September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, U.S. Trust considered the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds), the historical level of risk premium associated with other classes in which the portfolio is invested and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the target asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption for the portfolio. This resulted in the selection of the 8.25% expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption for 2005 and 2004.

 

The assumed rate of future increases in per capita cost of health care benefits (the health care cost trend rate) is 11% at September 30, 2005, decreasing gradually to 5.0% by the year 2013. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost trend rates would have an immaterial effect on the postretirement benefit obligation, as well as on service and interest costs.

 

The Pension Plan’s weighted average asset allocations at September 30, 2005 and 2004, by asset category are as follows:

 

September 30,


   2005

     2004

 

Equity securities

   64 %    62 %

Debt securities

   35 %    37 %

Other

   1 %    1 %
    

  

Total

   100 %    100 %
    

  

 

The goals of the asset strategy are to ensure that the principal of the Pension Plan is preserved and enhanced over the long term, both in real and nominal terms, manage risk exposure, and exceed the funding requirement over a market cycle (3 to 5 years).

 

Risk is managed by investing in a broad range of asset classes, and within those classes, a broad range of individual securities.

 

The Pension Plan’s Investment Committee, which oversees the investment of Pension Plan assets, utilizes the following target asset allocation and ranges in 2005:

 

     Low

     Target

     High

 

Equity securities (1)

   60 %    65 %    70 %

Debt securities (2)

   30 %    35 %    40 %

(1) Includes real estate investment trusts, private equity funds, and hedge funds with a target allocation of 5% each.

 

(2) The average duration of the debt securities was lengthened from approximately 4.5 years to 11 years to provide a better match to the duration of the liabilities.

 

Equity securities include shares of common stock of CSC in the amount of $4 million as of September 30, 2005 and $3 million as of September 30, 2004 (1% of total plan assets). In addition, due to external investment management of the funds, the Pension Plan may indirectly hold additional shares of CSC stock. The aggregate amount of these shares would not be considered material relative to the total fund assets.

 

U.S. Trust’s funding policy is to make contributions consistent with Federal laws and regulations. No contributions were made in 2005. In September 2004, U.S. Trust contributed $40 million to the Pension Plan. No contributions are expected to be made to the Pension Plan during 2006, and $2 million is expected to be paid with respect to postretirement benefits plans in 2006.

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

The following benefit payments, which reflect future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

     Pension
Plan


     Health &
Life


     Total

2006

   $ 16      $ 1      $ 17

2007

     17        2        19

2008

     18        2        20

2009

     20        2        22

2010

     21        2        23

2011-2015

     121        7        128
    

    

    

Total

   $ 213      $ 16      $   229
    

    

    

 

16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss represents cumulative gains and losses that are not reflected in earnings. The components of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

     2005

     2004

     2003

 
     Before
tax


    Tax
effect


    Net of
tax


     Before
tax


    Tax
effect


    Net of
tax


     Before
tax


    Tax
effect


    Net of
tax


 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   $ (1 )   $     $ (1 )    $ 1     $     $ 1      $ 5     $     $ 5  
    


 


 


  


 


 


  


 


 


Securities available for sale:

                                                                          

Net unrealized loss arising during the year

     (64 )     25       (39 )      (15 )     6       (9 )      (32 )     13       (19 )

Reclassification adjustment for realized loss included in net income

                        2       (1 )     1                     
    


 


 


  


 


 


  


 


 


Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

     (64 )     25       (39 )      (13 )     5       (8 )      (32 )     13       (19 )
    


 


 


  


 


 


  


 


 


Hedging instruments:

                                                                          

Net unrealized gain arising during the year

     20       (8 )     12        26       (10 )     16        37       (15 )     22  

Reclassification adjustment for realized gain included in net income

                        (1 )           (1 )      (5 )     2       (3 )
    


 


 


  


 


 


  


 


 


Net unrealized gain on cash flow hedging instruments

     20       (8 )     12        25       (10 )     15        32       (13 )     19  
    


 


 


  


 


 


  


 


 


Other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (45 )   $ 17     $ (28 )    $ 13     $ (5 )   $ 8      $ 5     $     $ 5  
    


 


 


  


 


 


  


 


 


 

- 57 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss balances were:

 

     Foreign
currency
translation
adjustment


    Net
unrealized
gain (loss)
on
securities
available
for sale


    Net
unrealized
gain (loss)
on cash
flow
hedging
instruments


    Total
accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss


 

Balance, December 31, 2002

   $ (5 )   $ 24     $ (37 )   $ (18 )

Net change

     5       (19 )     19       5  
    


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2003

           5       (18 )     (13 )

Net change

     1       (8 )     15       8  
    


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2004

     1       (3 )     (3 )     (5 )

Net change

     (1 )     (39 )     12       (28 )
    


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2005

   $     $ (42 )   $ 9     $ (33 )
    


 


 


 


 

17. Earnings Per Share

 

Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed using the treasury stock method, which reflects the potential reduction in EPS assuming that all outstanding restricted stock and stock option awards were to vest and all in-the-money options were exercised or converted into common stock, less shares that could be re-acquired from the stock option exercise proceeds or the restricted stock unrecognized compensation cost. EPS under the basic and diluted computations are as follows:

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

Net income

   $ 725     $ 286     $ 472
    


 


 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding — basic

     1,295       1,343       1,342

Common stock equivalent shares related to stock incentive plans

     13       22       22
    


 


 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding — diluted

     1,308       1,365       1,364
    


 


 

Basic EPS:

                      

Income from continuing operations

   $ .56     $ .31     $ .35

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $     $ (.10 )   $

Net income

   $ .56     $ .21     $ .35

Diluted EPS:

                      

Income from continuing operations

   $ .56     $ .30     $ .35

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (.01 )   $ (.09 )   $

Net income

   $ .55     $ .21     $ .35

 

The computation of diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively, excludes outstanding stock options to purchase 71 million, 91 million, and 107 million shares, respectively, because the exercise prices for those options were greater than the average market price of the common shares, and therefore the effect would be antidilutive.

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

18. Restructuring Charges and Discontinued Operations

 

Restructuring Charges

 

The Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges as follows:

 

     2005

     2004

     2003

2004 Cost Reduction Effort (1)

   $ 23      $ 211       

Previous Initiatives (2)

     (6 )      3      $ 76
    


  

    

Total restructuring charges

   $   17      $   214      $   76
    


  

    


(1) In 2004, primarily includes severance pay and benefits for approximately 1,600 employees and facilities reduction charges related to the closing or consolidation of 111 branch offices. In 2005, primarily includes severance pay and benefits for approximately 160 employees.

 

(2) Primarily includes adjustments to the Company’s workforce and facilities levels in response to the market environment, as well as changes in estimates of sublease income associated with previously announced efforts to sublease excess facilities.

 

A summary of restructuring reserve liabilities is as follows:

 

December 31,


   2005

     2004

2004 Cost Reduction Effort

   $ 45      $ 118

Previous Initiatives

     106        143
    

    

Total restructuring reserves

   $   151      $   261
    

    

 

In addition to these restructuring reserves, see discussion of the Company’s restructuring reserves related to discontinued operations below. All restructuring reserve liabilities are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

2004 Cost Reduction Effort

 

The Company’s 2004 cost reduction effort was designed to mitigate the financial impact of a series of pricing changes which began in 2004 and to strengthen the Company’s productivity and efficiency. The Company completed its 2004 cost reduction effort in the first half of 2005.

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

A summary of the activity in the restructuring reserve related to the Company’s 2004 cost reduction effort is as follows:

 

    

Workforce

Reduction


   

Facilities

Reduction


    Total

 

Restructuring charges

   $ 129     $ 82     $   211  

Cash payments

     (72 )     (8 )     (80 )

Non-cash charges (1)

     (7 )     (7 )     (14 )

Other (2)

           1       1  
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2004

     50       68       118  

Restructuring charges

     24       (1 )     23  

Cash payments

     (66 )     (33 )     (99 )

Non-cash charges (1)

     (2 )           (2 )

Other (2)

           5       5  
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2005

   $ 6 (3)   $ 39 (4)   $ 45  
    


 


 



(1) Primarily includes charges for officers’ stock-based compensation and write-downs of fixed assets.

 

(2) Includes the reclassification of deferred rent amounts in 2005 and the accretion of facilities restructuring reserves in 2005 and 2004, which are initially recorded at net present value. Accretion expense is recorded in occupancy and equipment expense on the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

 

(3) The Company expects to substantially utilize the remaining workforce reduction reserve through cash payments for severance pay and benefits over the respective severance periods through 2006.

 

(4) The Company expects to substantially utilize the remaining facilities reduction reserve through cash payments for the net lease expense over the respective lease terms through 2014.

 

Previous Initiatives

 

The Company’s previous restructuring initiatives included workforce reductions, reductions in operating facilities, the removal of certain systems hardware, software and equipment from service, and the withdrawal from certain international operations. These initiatives reduced operating expenses and adjusted the Company’s organizational structure to help improve productivity, enhance efficiency, and increase profitability.

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

A summary of the activity in the restructuring reserve related to the Company’s previous restructuring initiatives is as follows:

 

     Workforce
Reduction


    Facilities
Reduction


    Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

   $ 58     $ 224     $ 282  

Restructuring charges

     27       49       76  

Cash payments

     (58 )     (75 )     (133 )

Non-cash charges (1)

     (8 )     (4 )     (12 )

Other (2)

           7       7  
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2003

     19       201       220  

Restructuring charges

     (1 )     4       3  

Cash payments

     (15 )     (71 )     (86 )

Non-cash charges (1)

     (2 )           (2 )

Other (2)

           8       8  
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2004

     1       142       143  

Restructuring charges

           (6 )     (6 )

Cash payments

     (1 )     (42 )     (43 )

Non-cash charges (1)

           (2 )     (2 )

Other (2)

           14       14  
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2005

   $     $ 106 (3)   $ 106  
    


 


 



(1) Primarily includes charges for officers’ stock-based compensation and write-downs of fixed assets.

 

(2) Includes the reclassification of deferred rent amounts in 2005 and the accretion of facilities restructuring reserves in 2005, 2004, and 2003, which are initially recorded at net present value. Accretion expense is recorded in occupancy and equipment expense on the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

 

(3) Includes $1 million, $52 million, and $53 million related to the Company’s 2003, 2002, and 2001 restructuring initiatives, respectively. The Company expects to substantially utilize the remaining facilities reduction reserve through cash payments for the net lease expense over the respective lease terms through 2017.

 

The actual costs of the remaining restructuring reserves related to these restructuring initiatives could differ from the estimated costs, depending primarily on the Company’s ability to sublease properties.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

On October 29, 2004, the Company completed the sale of its capital markets business to UBS Securities LLC and UBS Americas Inc. (collectively referred to as UBS). Pursuant to the purchase agreement, UBS acquired all of the partnership interests of Schwab Capital Markets L.P. and all of the outstanding capital stock of SoundView Technology Group, Inc. (collectively referred to as Schwab Soundview Capital Markets, or SSCM) for $265 million in cash. SSCM comprised substantially all of the previously-reported Capital Markets segment.

 

Following the sale, the Company did not have significant continuing involvement in the operations of the capital markets business and did not continue any significant revenue-producing or cost-generating activities of the capital markets business. Therefore, the results of operations, net of income taxes, and cash flows of SSCM have been presented as discontinued operations on the Company’s consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for all periods. In connection with the sale, the Company entered into eight-year order routing and execution services agreements with UBS for handling of Schwab’s equity and listed options order flow. The Company deferred $28 million of the purchase price, representing the fair value of these services agreements, to be recognized as revenue over the eight-year term on a straight-line basis. UBS generally executes equity and options orders without commission or other charges. Certain ongoing fees apply for orders that require special handling or entail additional costs, and such fees have been insignificant.

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

The carrying amounts of SSCM assets and liabilities included as part of the sale were as follows:

 

October 29,


   2004

Assets

      

Cash

   $ 43

Securities owned

     87

Goodwill

     123

Other assets

     53
    

Total assets

   $   306
    

Liabilities

      

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $ 88
    

Total liabilities

   $ 88
    

 

On January 31, 2003, the Company sold its United Kingdom brokerage subsidiary, CSE, to Barclays PLC. The results of the operations of CSE, net of income taxes, have been presented as discontinued operations on the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

 

The Company recorded a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $5 million in 2005, which included a tax adjustment, facility exit costs, and severance costs for transitional employees associated with the Company’s sale of its capital markets business.

 

A summary of revenues and losses for discontinued operations is as follows:

 

     2004

     2003

Revenues (1)

   $   226      $   202

Loss on sale (2)

   $ 88      $ 3

Total pre-tax loss (3)

   $ 199      $ 6

After-tax losses

   $ 128      $ 4

(1) Includes revenues of $4 million in 2003 related to CSE.

 

(2) Includes goodwill impairment charges of $95 million in 2004 for SSCM, based upon the negotiated terms of the sale.

 

(3) Includes restructuring charges of $113 million and $17 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

In addition to the restructuring reserves discussed above, the Company retained certain restructuring-related obligations following the sales of SSCM and CSE, and recorded reserves for severance, facilities leases and systems. A summary of the activity in these reserves is as follows:

 

     Workforce
Reduction


    Facilities
Reduction


    Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

   $ 10     $ 3     $ 13  

Restructuring charges (1)

     5       12       17  

Cash payments

     (10 )           (10 )

Non-cash charges (2)

     (1 )     (3 )     (4 )
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2003

     4       12       16  

Restructuring charges (1)

     75       38       113  

Cash payments

     (55 )     (5 )     (60 )

Non-cash charges (2)

     (1 )     (7 )     (8 )
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2004

     23       38       61  

Restructuring charges (1)

     1       1       2  

Cash payments

     (22 )     (17 )     (39 )

Non-cash charges

     (1 )           (1 )

Other (3)

           2       2  
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2005

   $ 1 (4)   $ 24 (5)   $ 25  
    


 


 



(1) Included in loss from discontinued operations.

 

(2) Primarily includes charges for officers’ stock-based compensation and write-downs of fixed assets.

 

(3) Includes the reclassification of deferred rent amounts and the accretion of facilities restructuring reserves, which are initially recorded at net present value.

 

(4) The Company expects to substantially utilize the remaining workforce reduction reserve through cash payments for severance pay and benefits over the respective severance periods through 2006.

 

(5) The Company expects to substantially utilize the remaining facilities reduction reserve through cash payments for the net lease expense over the respective lease terms through 2015.

 

The Company also retained a liability for above-market lease rates for certain facilities leases expiring through 2011. This liability was recorded as part of the Company’s purchase accounting for the acquisition of SoundView Technology Group, Inc. (SoundView) in January 2004. The remaining liability was $20 million and $23 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The decrease in the liability balance was primarily due to cash payments of $4 million, partially offset by accretion of $1 million.

 

19. Business Acquisitions and Divestitures

 

In January 2004, the Company completed its acquisition of SoundView for approximately $340 million, or $289 million net of SoundView’s cash and cash equivalents acquired. Additionally, the Company recorded securities owned of $93 million related to this acquisition. As a result of a purchase price allocation, the Company recorded goodwill of $194 million and intangible assets of $21 million related to this acquisition. On October 29, 2004, the Company completed the sale of SSCM, including all outstanding capital stock of SoundView.

 

In October 2003, U.S. Trust acquired State Street Corporation’s Private Asset Management group, a provider of wealth management services to clients in the New England area, for $365 million.

 

In June 2003, the Company sold its investment in Aitken Campbell, a market-making joint venture in the U.K., to the Company’s joint venture partner, TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. In 2003, the Company recorded pre-tax impairment charges of $5 million to reduce the carrying value of its investment. In 2003, the Company also recorded an income tax benefit of $16 million. The Company’s share of Aitken Campbell’s historical earnings, which was accounted for under the equity method, has not been material to the Company’s results of operations, EPS, or cash flows.

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

20. Regulatory Requirements

 

CSC is a financial holding company, which is a type of bank holding company subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the Act). The Act permits financial holding companies to engage in activities that are financial in nature, including banking, securities brokerage, underwriting, dealing in or making a market in securities, investment management services and insurance activities. The Federal Reserve Board may impose limitations, restrictions, or prohibitions on the activities or acquisitions of a financial holding company if the Federal Reserve Board believes that the company does not have the appropriate financial and managerial resources to commence or conduct an activity, make an acquisition, or retain ownership of a company. The Federal Reserve Board may also take actions as appropriate to enforce applicable federal law.

 

Federal Reserve Board policy provides that a bank holding company generally should not pay cash dividends unless its net income is sufficient to fully fund the dividends and the company’s prospective retained earnings appear to be sufficient to meet the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the holding company and its depository institution subsidiaries.

 

CSC’s primary depository institution subsidiaries are United States Trust Company of New York (U.S. Trust NY), U.S. Trust Company, National Association (U.S. Trust NA), and Schwab Bank. The operations and financial condition of CSC’s depository institution subsidiaries are subject to regulation and supervision and to various requirements and restrictions under federal and state law. Among other things, these requirements govern transactions with CSC and its non-depository institution subsidiaries, including loans and other extensions of credit, investments or asset purchases, dividends and investments. The federal banking agencies have broad powers to enforce these regulations, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and appoint a conservator or receiver. CSC, USTC, and their insured depository institution subsidiaries must meet regulatory capital guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the banking regulatory agencies are permitted or, in certain cases, required to take certain substantial restrictive actions with respect to institutions falling within one of the lowest three of five capital categories.

 

Under the Act, the Federal Reserve Board has established consolidated capital requirements for bank holding companies. CSC and USTC are subject to those guidelines. The Act prohibits the Federal Reserve Board from imposing capital requirements on functionally regulated non-depository institution subsidiaries of a financial holding company, such as broker-dealers and investment advisors.

 

To maintain its status as a financial holding company, each of CSC’s depository institution subsidiaries must be kept “well capitalized” and “well managed.” In addition, each of CSC’s insured depository institution subsidiaries must be rated “satisfactory” or better in meeting the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 in order for CSC to engage in new financial activities or enter into certain acquisitions of companies engaged in financial activities. At December 31, 2005, CSC and its depository institution subsidiaries met all the above requirements.

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

The regulatory capital and ratios of the Company, U.S. Trust, U.S. Trust NY, U.S. Trust NA, and Schwab Bank are as follows:

 

          2005

    2004

 

December 31,


        Amount

   Ratio(1)

    Amount

   Ratio(1)

 

Tier 1 Capital:

   Company    $   3,586    15.3 %   $   3,485    17.5 %
    

U.S. Trust

   $ 780    13.4 %   $ 695    13.8 %
    

U.S. Trust NY

   $ 450    9.9 %   $ 390    10.1 %
    

U.S. Trust NA

   $ 298    22.5 %   $ 269    24.5 %
    

Schwab Bank

   $ 553    21.4 %   $ 370    22.7 %

Total Capital:

   Company    $ 3,617    15.5 %   $ 3,513    17.7 %
    

U.S. Trust

   $ 806    13.8 %   $ 720    14.3 %
    

U.S. Trust NY

   $ 472    10.4 %   $ 412    10.7 %
    

U.S. Trust NA

   $ 302    22.8 %   $ 273    24.8 %
    

Schwab Bank

   $ 556    21.5 %   $ 371    22.8 %

Leverage:

   Company    $ 3,586    8.0 %   $ 3,485    7.8 %
    

U.S. Trust

   $ 780    7.7 %   $ 695    7.6 %
    

U.S. Trust NY

   $ 450    6.1 %   $ 390    5.8 %
    

U.S. Trust NA

   $ 298    9.4 %   $ 269    9.6 %
    

Schwab Bank

   $ 553    8.6 %   $ 370    8.8 %

(1) Minimum tier 1 capital, total capital, and tier 1 leverage ratios are 4%, 8%, and 3%-5%, respectively, for bank holding companies and banks. Additionally, Schwab Bank is subject to a minimum tier 1 leverage ratio of 8% for its first three years of operations (i.e., through April 2006). Well-capitalized tier 1 capital, total capital, and tier 1 leverage ratios are 6%, 10%, and 5%, respectively.

 

Based on their respective regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company, U.S. Trust, U.S. Trust NY, U.S. Trust NA, and Schwab Bank are considered well capitalized (the highest category) pursuant to banking regulatory guidelines. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Company’s, U.S. Trust’s, U.S. Trust NY’s, U.S. Trust NA’s, or Schwab Bank’s well-capitalized status.

 

CSC’s depository institution subsidiaries are required, under federal regulations, to maintain reserve balances at the Federal Reserve Bank based on deposit levels. These amounts are included in cash and investments segregated and on deposit for federal or other regulatory purposes. The average balances were $97 million in 2005 and $94 million in 2004.

 

Schwab is subject to the Uniform Net Capital Rule under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Rule). Schwab computes net capital under the alternative method permitted by this Rule. This method requires the maintenance of minimum net capital, as defined, of the greater of 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from client transactions or a minimum dollar requirement, which is based on the type of business conducted by the broker-dealer. At December 31, 2005, 2% of aggregate debits was $227 million, which exceeded the minimum dollar requirement for Schwab of $250,000. At December 31, 2005, Schwab’s net capital was $1.1 billion (10% of aggregate debit balances), which was $916 million in excess of its minimum required net capital and $576 million in excess of 5% of aggregate debit balances. Under the alternative method, a broker-dealer may not repay subordinated borrowings, pay cash dividends, or make any unsecured advances or loans to its parent or employees if such payment would result in net capital of less than 5% of aggregate debit balances or less than 120% of its minimum dollar requirement.

 

Schwab had portions of its cash and investments segregated for the exclusive benefit of clients at December 31, 2005, in accordance with applicable regulations.

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

21. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

 

Operating leases and other commitments: The Company has noncancelable operating leases for office space and equipment. Future minimum rental commitments under these leases, net of committed subleases, at December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 

     Operating
Leases (1)


   Subleases (1)

    Net

2006

   $ 199    $ (44 )   $ 155

2007

     186      (43 )     143

2008

     171      (40 )     131

2009

     157      (37 )     120

2010

     146      (34 )     112

Thereafter

     610      (159 )     451
    

  


 

Total

   $ 1,469    $ (357 )   $   1,112
    

  


 


(1) Amounts include facilities under the Company’s restructuring initiatives.

 

Certain leases contain provisions for renewal options, purchase options, and rent escalations based on increases in certain costs incurred by the lessor. Rent expense was $213 million in 2005, $262 million in 2004, and $300 million in 2003.

 

Purchase Obligations: At December 31, 2005, the Company has purchase obligations as follows, including $184 million which can be canceled by the Company without penalty.

 

2006

   $ 216

2007

     80

2008

     54

2009

     9

2010

     6

Thereafter

     25
    

Total

   $   390
    

 

Guarantees: The Company recognizes, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the estimated fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The fair values of the obligations relating to standby LOCs are estimated based on fees charged to enter into similar agreements, considering the creditworthiness of the counterparties. The fair values of the obligations relating to other guarantees are estimated based on transactions for similar guarantees or expected present value measures.

 

The Company provides certain indemnifications (i.e., protection against damage or loss) to counterparties in connection with the disposition of certain of its assets. Such indemnifications typically relate to title to the assets transferred, ownership of intellectual property rights (e.g., patents), accuracy of financial statements, compliance with laws and regulations, failure to pay, satisfy or discharge any liability, or to defend claims, as well as errors, omissions, and misrepresentations. Additionally, the Company has guaranteed certain payments in the event of a termination of certain mutual fund sub-advisor agreements, related to the adoption of AXA Rosenberg LLC’s U.S. family of mutual funds, known as the Laudus Funds. These indemnification agreements have various expiration dates and the Company’s liability under these agreements is generally limited. At December 31, 2005, the Company’s maximum potential liability under the indemnification agreements with limits is approximately $185 million. The Company previously recorded a liability of approximately $30 million reflecting the estimated fair value of these indemnifications. The fair value of these indemnifications is not necessarily indicative of amounts that would be paid in the event a payment was required.

 

LOCs are conditional commitments issued by U.S. Trust to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. For example, LOCs can be used to guarantee performance under lease and other agreements by professional business corporations and for other purposes. The credit risk involved in issuing LOCs is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans. LOCs are generally partially or fully collateralized by cash, marketable equity securities, marketable debt securities (including corporate and U.S. Treasury debt securities), and other assets. At December 31, 2005, U.S. Trust had LOCs outstanding totaling

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

$153 million which are short-term in nature and generally expire within one year. At December 31, 2005, the liability recorded for these LOCs is immaterial.

 

The Company has clients that sell (i.e., write) listed option contracts that are cleared by various clearing houses. The clearing houses establish margin requirements on these transactions. The Company satisfies the margin requirements by arranging LOCs, in favor of the clearing houses, that are guaranteed by multiple banks. At December 31, 2005, the outstanding value of these LOCs totaled $630 million. In connection with its securities lending activities, Schwab is required to provide collateral to certain brokerage clients. Schwab satisfies the collateral requirements by arranging LOCs, in favor of these brokerage clients, that are guaranteed by multiple banks. At December 31, 2005, the outstanding value of these LOCs totaled $130 million. No funds were drawn under these LOCs at December 31, 2005.

 

The Company also provides guarantees to securities clearing houses and exchanges under their standard membership agreement, which requires members to guarantee the performance of other members. Under the agreement, if another member becomes unable to satisfy its obligations to the clearing houses and exchanges, other members would be required to meet shortfalls. The Company’s liability under these arrangements is not quantifiable and may exceed the cash and securities it has posted as collateral. However, the potential requirement for the Company to make payments under these arrangements is remote. Accordingly, no liability has been recognized for these transactions.

 

Legal contingencies: The Company and its affiliates have been named in various legal proceedings arising from the conduct of its business. Some of these legal actions include claims for substantial damages or unspecified damages. The Company believes it has strong defenses and is vigorously contesting such actions. The Company is also involved, from time to time, in investigations and proceedings by regulatory and other governmental agencies, which may result in adverse judgments, fines or penalties. It is inherently difficult to predict the outcome of these matters, particularly in cases in which claimants seek substantial or unspecified damages, or where investigations or proceedings are at an early stage, and the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss that may be incurred from any potential judgment, settlement, or award. However, based on current information and consultation with counsel, management believes that the resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on the financial condition or cash flows of the Company, although a judgment, settlement or award could be material to the Company’s operating results for a particular future period, depending on results for that period.

 

As part of the sale of SSCM to UBS, the Company agreed to indemnify UBS for expenses associated with certain litigation, including multiple purported securities class actions against SoundView and certain of its subsidiaries filed in the United District Court for the Southern District of New York, brought on behalf of persons who either directly or in the aftermarket purchased IPO securities between March 1997 and December 2000. The Company is vigorously contesting the claims on behalf of SoundView.

 

22. Financial Instruments Subject to Off-Balance Sheet Risk, Credit Risk, or Market Risk

 

Securities lending: Through Schwab, the Company loans client securities temporarily to other brokers in connection with its securities lending activities. The Company receives cash as collateral for the securities loaned. Increases in security prices may cause the market value of the securities loaned to exceed the amount of cash received as collateral. In the event the counterparty to these transactions does not return the loaned securities or provide additional cash collateral, the Company may be exposed to the risk of acquiring the securities at prevailing market prices in order to satisfy its client obligations. The Company mitigates this risk by requiring credit approvals for counterparties, by monitoring the market value of securities loaned, and by requiring additional cash as collateral when necessary. The market value of Schwab’s client securities pledged in securities lending transactions to other broker-dealers was $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Additionally, Schwab borrows securities from other broker-dealers to fulfill short sales of its clients. The market value of these borrowed securities was $474 million and $254 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

Client trade settlement: The Company is obligated to settle transactions with brokers and other financial institutions even if its clients fail to meet their obligations to the Company. Clients are required to complete their transactions on settlement date, generally three business days after trade date. If clients do not fulfill their contractual obligations, the Company may incur

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

losses. The Company has established procedures to reduce this risk by requiring deposits from clients in excess of amounts prescribed by regulatory requirements for certain types of trades, and therefore the potential for Schwab to make payments under these client transactions is remote. Accordingly, no liability has been recognized for these transactions.

 

Margin lending: Schwab provides margin loans to its clients which are collateralized by securities in their brokerage accounts. Schwab may be liable for the margin requirement of its client margin securities transactions. As clients write options or sell securities short, the Company may incur losses if the clients do not fulfill their obligations and the collateral in client accounts is not sufficient to fully cover losses which clients may incur from these strategies. To mitigate this risk, the Company monitors required margin levels and clients are required to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary. Clients with margin loans have agreed to allow Schwab to pledge collateralized securities in their brokerage accounts in accordance with federal regulations. Schwab was allowed, under such regulations, to pledge securities with a market value of $14.9 billion and $13.8 billion at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The market value of Schwab’s client securities pledged to fulfill the short sales of its clients was $925 million and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The market value of Schwab’s client securities pledged to fulfill Schwab’s proprietary short sales was $22 million and $15 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Schwab has also pledged a portion of its securities owned in order to fulfill the short sales of clients and in connection with securities lending transactions to other broker-dealers. The market value of these pledged securities was $5 million and $8 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company may also pledge client securities to fulfill client margin requirements for open option contracts established with the OCC. The market value of these pledged securities to the OCC was $595 million and $365 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

Financial instruments held for trading purposes: The Company maintains inventories in securities on a long and short basis relating to its fixed income operations. The Company could incur losses or gains as a result of changes in the market value of these securities. To mitigate the risk of losses, long and short positions are marked to market and are monitored by management to assure compliance with limits established by the Company.

 

Resale and repurchase agreements: Schwab enters into collateralized resale agreements principally with other broker-dealers, which could result in losses in the event the counterparty to the transaction does not purchase the securities held as collateral for the cash advanced and the market value of these securities declines. To mitigate this risk, Schwab requires that the counterparty deliver securities to a custodian, to be held as collateral, with a market value in excess of the resale price. Schwab also sets standards for the credit quality of the counterparty, monitors the market value of the underlying securities as compared to the related receivable, including accrued interest, and requires additional collateral where deemed appropriate. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the market value of collateral received in connection with resale agreements that is available to be repledged or sold was $8.4 billion and $13.4 billion, respectively. U.S. Trust may enter into repurchase agreements where it sells its fixed income securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at a future specified date. At December 31, 2005, U.S. Trust did not have any of these agreements with third parties.

 

At both December 31, 2005 and 2004, financial instruments in the amount of $1.3 billion were pledged to secure public deposits, to qualify for fiduciary powers and for other purposes or as collateral for borrowings. At both December 31, 2005 and 2004, there was no collateral pledged under repurchase agreements that is available to be repledged or sold by the counterparties.

 

Concentration risk: The Company’s most significant concentration of risk is its exposure to securities issued or collateralized by the U.S. Government and its agencies (U.S. Government securities). The Company’s direct market risk exposure, primarily from investments in securities available for sale, amounted to $3.4 billion and $3.2 billion at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company maintains indirect exposure to U.S. Government securities held as collateral to secure its resale agreements. The Company’s primary credit exposure on these resale transactions is with its counterparty. The Company would have exposure to the U.S. Government securities only in the event of the counterparty’s default on the resale agreements. U.S. Government securities held as collateral for resale agreements at December 31, 2005 and 2004 totaled $8.4 billion and $13.4 billion, respectively.

 

Commitments to extend credit and LOCs: In the normal course of business, U.S. Trust and Schwab Bank enter into various transactions involving off-balance sheet financial instruments to meet the needs of their clients and to reduce their own exposure to interest rate risk. The credit risk associated with these instruments varies depending on the creditworthiness of the client and the value of any collateral held. Collateral requirements vary by type of instrument. The contractual amounts of

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

these instruments represent the amounts at risk should the contract be fully drawn upon, the client default, and the value of any existing collateral become worthless.

 

Credit-related financial instruments include firm commitments to extend credit (firm commitments) and LOCs. Firm commitments are legally binding agreements to lend to a client that generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses, may require payment of a fee and are not secured by collateral until funds are advanced. Collateral held includes marketable securities, real estate mortgages or other assets. The majority of U.S. Trust and Schwab Bank’s firm commitments are related to mortgage lending to banking clients. Firm commitments totaled $3.2 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. LOCs outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004 amounted to $153 million and $66 million, respectively.

 

Interest rate swaps: As part of its consolidated asset and liability management process, the Company utilizes Swaps to manage interest rate risk. The market values of Swaps can vary depending on movements in interest rates. The amounts at risk upon default are generally limited to the unrealized market value gains of the Swaps, if any. The risk of default depends on the creditworthiness of the counterparty. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its counterparties as part of its normal credit review procedures.

 

U.S. Trust uses LIBOR-based Swaps to hedge the interest rate risk associated with its variable rate deposits from banking clients and short-term borrowings. The Swaps are structured for U.S. Trust to receive a variable rate of interest and pay a fixed rate of interest. Information on these Swaps is summarized in the following table:

 

December 31,


   2005

     2004

 

Notional principal amount

   $   1,160      $ 625  

Weighted-average variable interest rate

     4.36 %        2.39 %

Weighted-average fixed interest rate

     4.28 %      4.25 %

Weighted-average maturity (in years)

     2.8        3.3  

 

These Swaps have been designated as cash flow hedges under SFAS No. 133, with changes in their fair values primarily recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2005, U.S. Trust recorded a derivative asset of $17 million and a derivative liability of $3 million related to these Swaps. At December 31, 2004, U.S. Trust recorded a derivative asset of $3 million and a derivative liability of $9 million for these Swaps. Based on current interest rate assumptions and assuming no additional Swap agreements are entered into, U.S. Trust expects to reclassify approximately $5 million, or $3 million after tax, from other comprehensive loss as a reduction to interest expense over the next twelve months.

 

CSC uses Swaps to effectively convert the interest rate characteristics of a portion of its Medium-Term Notes from fixed to variable. These Swaps are structured for CSC to receive a fixed rate of interest and pay a variable rate of interest based on the three-month LIBOR rate. The variable interest rates reset every three months. Information on these Swaps is summarized in the following table:

 

December 31,


   2005

     2004

 

Notional principal amount

   $ 293      $ 293  

Weighted-average variable interest rate

       6.86 %        4.85 %

Weighted-average fixed interest rate

     7.57 %      7.57 %

Weighted-average maturity (in years)

     3.3        4.3  

 

These Swaps have been designated as fair value hedges under SFAS No. 133, and are recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Changes in fair value of the Swaps are completely offset by changes in fair value of the hedged Medium-Term Notes. Therefore, there is no effect on net income. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, CSC recorded a derivative asset of $2 million and $13 million, respectively, for these Swaps. Concurrently, the carrying value of the Medium-Term Notes was increased by $2 million and $13 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Forward sale and interest rate lock commitments: Schwab Bank’s loans held for sale portfolio consists of fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgages, which are subject to a loss in value when market interest rates rise. Schwab Bank uses forward sale commitments to manage this risk. These forward sale commitments have been designated as cash flow hedging instruments of the loans held for sale. Accordingly, the fair values of these forward sale commitments are recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, with gains or losses recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). At both December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, the derivative asset and liability recorded by Schwab Bank for these forward sale commitments was immaterial.

 

Additionally, Schwab Bank uses forward sale commitments to hedge interest rate lock commitments issued on mortgage loans that will be held for sale. Schwab Bank considers the fair value of these commitments to be zero at the commitment date, with subsequent changes in fair value determined solely based on changes in market interest rates. Any changes in fair value of the interest rate lock commitments are completely offset by changes in fair value of the related forward sale commitments. Schwab Bank had interest rate lock commitments on mortgage loans to be held for sale with principal balances totaling approximately $112 million and $110 million at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. At both December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, the derivative asset and liability recorded by Schwab Bank for these interest rate lock commitments and the related forward sale commitments was immaterial.

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

23. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Substantially all of the Company’s financial instruments are recorded at estimated fair value or amounts that approximate fair value. The carrying amounts (as recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet) and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

 

     2005

     2004

December 31,


   Carrying
Amount


   Fair Value

     Carrying
Amount


   Fair Value

Financial Assets:

                             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,330    $ 2,330      $ 2,778    $ 2,778

Cash and investments segregated

     15,259      15,259        19,019      19,019

Securities owned

     6,857      6,857        5,335      5,335

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

     820      820        482      482

Receivables from brokerage clients – net

     10,780      10,780        9,841      9,841

Loans to banking clients – net

     8,506      8,342        6,822      6,651

Loans held for sale

     17      17        20      20

Swaps

     19      19        16      16
    

  

    

  

Total

   $   44,588    $   44,424      $   44,313    $   44,142
    

  

    

  

Financial Liabilities:

                             

Deposits from banking clients

   $ 14,108    $ 14,108      $ 11,118    $ 11,118

Drafts payable

     225      225        363      363

Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

     1,294      1,294        1,468      1,468

Payables to brokerage clients

     24,700      24,700        27,154      27,154

Accrued expenses and other liabilities, excluding interest rate swap agreements

     1,385      1,385        1,387      1,387

Swaps

     3      3        9      9

Short-term borrowings

     672      672        663      663

Long-term debt

     514      537        585      618
    

  

    

  

Total

   $ 42,901    $ 42,924      $ 42,747    $ 42,780
    

  

    

  

 

Cash and cash equivalents, cash and investments segregated, receivables, deposits from banking clients, payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities, and short-term borrowings are short-term in nature and accordingly are recorded at fair value or amounts that approximate fair value.

 

Securities owned are recorded at estimated fair value. Such fair values are estimated using quoted market prices, where available, or third-party pricing services.

 

Loans to banking clients: The fair value of the Company’s loans are estimated using discounted contractual cash flows adjusted for current prepayment estimates. The discount rates used are based on the interest rates charged to current clients for comparable loans.

 

Loans held for sale: The fair value of the Company’s loans held for sale are estimated using the quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans.

 

Swaps: The fair value of the Company’s Swaps are estimated by obtaining quotes from dealers and third-party pricing services.

 

Long-term debt: A portion of the Company’s long-term debt has been adjusted for changes in the fair value of Swaps. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is estimated using third-party pricing services and discounted cash flow analyses utilizing discount rates currently available for similar instruments.

 

Off-balance sheet financial instruments: In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to certain off-balance sheet financial instruments, primarily consisting of firm commitments and LOCs, which represent obligations of the Company. As of

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

December 31, 2005, 28% of these commitments mature within one year. The fair value of firm commitments and LOCs are estimated based on fees charged to enter into similar agreements, considering the creditworthiness of the counterparties. The Company has reviewed the unfunded portion of its firm commitments as well as its LOCs and determined that the fair values of these instruments were immaterial at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

24. Segment Information

 

Segments are defined as components of a company in which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company structures its segments according to its various types of clients and the services provided to those clients. These segments have been aggregated, based on similarities in economic characteristics, types of clients, services provided, distribution channels, and regulatory environment, into three reportable segments — Schwab Investor Services, Schwab Institutional, and U.S. Trust.

 

The Schwab Investor Services segment includes the Company’s retail brokerage and banking operations, as well as the division that serves company 401(k) plan sponsors and third-party administrators and supports company stock option plans. The Schwab Institutional segment provides custodial, trading, and support services to independent investment advisors. The U.S. Trust segment provides investment, wealth management, custody, fiduciary, and private banking services to individual and institutional clients.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in note “2 Significant Accounting Policies.” Financial information for the Company’s reportable segments is presented in the following table. For the computation of its segment information, the Company utilizes an activity-based costing model to allocate traditional income statement line item expenses (e.g., compensation and benefits, depreciation, and professional services) to the business activities driving segment expenses (e.g., client service, opening new accounts, or business development). In the first quarter of 2005, the Company refined its activity-based costing model related to its allocation of certain support costs (e.g., corporate and general administrative expenses), which reduced costs allocated to the U.S. Trust segment and increased costs allocated to the remaining segments. As a result of organizational and related business changes in the fourth quarter of 2005 to integrate the Corporate and Retirement Services business with Schwab Investor Services (formerly called Individual Investor), the Corporate and Retirement Services business, which was historically aggregated within the Schwab Institutional segment (formerly called Institutional Investor), has been aggregated within the Schwab Investor Services segment. Previously-reported segment information has been revised to reflect these changes. As a result of the Company’s exit from the capital markets business in 2004, the previously-reported Capital Markets segment has been eliminated.

 

The Company evaluates the performance of its segments on a pre-tax basis excluding items such as restructuring charges, impairment charges, discontinued operations, and extraordinary items. Segment assets are not disclosed because the balances are not used for evaluating segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources to segments. However, capital expenditures are used in evaluating segment performance and are therefore disclosed. Intersegment revenues, defined as revenues from transactions with other segments within the Company, are not material and are therefore not disclosed. Capital expenditures are reported gross, as opposed to net of proceeds from the sale of fixed assets.

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Revenues

                        

Schwab Investor Services

   $ 2,742     $ 2,615     $   2,517  

Schwab Institutional

     803       725       670  

U.S. Trust

     832       773       629  

Unallocated and other (1)

     87       89       80  
    


 


 


Total

   $ 4,464     $   4,202     $ 3,896  
    


 


 


Net interest revenue

                        

Schwab Investor Services

   $ 903     $ 630     $ 460  

Schwab Institutional

     134       92       81  

U.S. Trust

     220       212       186  

Unallocated and other

           2       1  
    


 


 


Total

   $   1,257     $ 936     $ 728  
    


 


 


Income from continuing operations before taxes on income:

                        

Schwab Investor Services

   $ 758     $ 476     $ 433  

Schwab Institutional

     317       279       305  

U.S. Trust (2)

     103       69       40  

Unallocated and other (3)

     7       (179 )     (61 )
    


 


 


Income from continuing operations before taxes on income

     1,185       645       717  

Taxes on income

     (455 )     (231 )     (241 )

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (5 )     (128 )     (4 )
    


 


 


Net Income

   $ 725     $ 286     $ 472  
    


 


 


Capital expenditures

                        

Schwab Investor Services

   $ 75     $ 150     $ 102  

Schwab Institutional

     18       24       23  

U.S. Trust

     23       20       19  

Unallocated and other

     4       4       3  
    


 


 


Total

   $ 120     $ 198     $ 147  
    


 


 


Depreciation and amortization

                        

Schwab Investor Services

   $ 145     $ 156     $ 202  

Schwab Institutional

     29       27       36  

U.S. Trust

     33       41       36  

Unallocated and other

     1       2       3  
    


 


 


Total

   $ 208     $ 226     $ 277  
    


 


 



(1) Includes mutual fund clearing services revenues, and gains (losses) on investments.

 

(2) Amounts include costs (e.g., corporate and general administrative expenses) of $49 million, $47 million, and $56 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively, allocated to U.S. Trust.

 

(3) Includes pre-tax restructuring charges of $17 million, $214 million, and $76 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively, a pre-tax gain on an investment of $14 million and $17 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively, and an impairment charge of $5 million in 2003.

 

Fees received from Schwab’s proprietary mutual funds represented approximately 20% of the Company’s consolidated revenues in 2005, 21% in 2004, and 23% in 2003. Except for Schwab’s proprietary mutual funds, which are considered a single client for purposes of this computation, no single client accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues in 2005, 2004, or 2003. Substantially all of the Company’s revenues and assets are attributed to or located in the U.S. The percentage of Schwab’s total client accounts located in California was approximately 25%, 26%, and 27% at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Revenues categorized by similar products and services are shown in the following table:

 

     2005

     2004

     2003

 

Mutual fund service fees

   $ 1,414      $ 1,305      $ 1,216  

Investment management and trust fees

     645        542        379  

Other asset management and administration fees

     210        244        237  

Interest revenue:

                          

Margin loans to clients

     654        454        347  

Investments, client-related

     522        293        284  

Loans to banking clients

     380        275        230  

Securities available for sale

     228        139        74  

Other

     160        52        33  

Interest expense

     (687 )      (277 )      (240 )

Commissions

     694        936        1,097  

Principal transactions

     85        89        93  

Other

     159        150        146  
    


  


  


Total

   $   4,464      $   4,202      $   3,896  
    


  


  


25.    Supplemental Cash Flow Information

                          
     2005

     2004

     2003

 

Income taxes paid

   $ 390      $ 153      $ 255  
    


  


  


Interest paid:

                          

Brokerage client cash balances

   $ 376      $ 112      $ 77  

Deposits from banking clients

     212        106        91  

Short-term borrowings

     35        15        15  

Long-term debt

     27        30        37  

Other

     16        9        19  
    


  


  


Total interest paid

   $ 666      $ 272      $ 239  
    


  


  


Non-cash investing and financing activities:

                          

Consolidation of a Trust: (1)

                          

Building and land

                 $ 229  

Note payable and other liabilities

                 $ 228  

Common stock and options issued for purchases of businesses

          $ 3      $ 4  

Treasury Stock (2)

   $ 9      $ 18         

Securities available for sale (2)

                 $ 93  

(1) Upon adoption of FIN No. 46 in the first quarter 2003, the Company consolidated a Trust.

 

(2) Amount purchased during the period, but settled after period end.

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

26. The Charles Schwab Corporation – Parent Company Only Financial Statements (Unconsolidated)

 

Condensed Statement of Income

 

     2005

     2004

     2003

 

Interest revenue

   $ 37      $ 26      $ 28  

Interest expense

     (27 )      (18 )      (27 )
    


  


  


Net interest revenue

     10        8        1  

Other revenues (losses)

     3        (8 )      (2 )

Restructuring credit (charges)

            2        (25 )

Other expenses

     (12 )      (16 )      (26 )
    


  


  


Income (loss) before income tax benefit and equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     1        (14 )      (52 )

Income tax benefit

     5        5        27  
    


  


  


Income (loss) from continuing operations before equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     6        (9 )      (25 )

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries:

                          

Equity in undistributed earnings/ (distributions in excess of earnings) of subsidiaries

     (94 )      80        22  

Dividends paid by non-banking subsidiaries

     818        333        479  

Dividends paid by banking subsidiaries

            10         

Equity in discontinued operations of subsidiaries

     (5 )      (128 )      (4 )
    


  


  


Total

     719        295        497  
    


  


  


Net Income

   $   725      $ 286      $   472  
    


  


  


 

Condensed Balance Sheet

 

December 31,


   2005

     2004

Assets

               

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 553      $ 693

Securities owned – at market value

     75        80

Intercompany receivables

     7        11

Loans to non-banking subsidiaries

     220        220

Loans to banking subsidiaries

     30        30

Investments in non-banking subsidiaries, at equity

     2,299        2,622

Investments in banking subsidiaries, at equity

     1,771        1,538

Other assets

     116        139
    

    

Total

   $ 5,071      $ 5,333
    

    

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

               

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $ 228      $ 281

Intercompany payables

     61        267

Long-term debt

     332        399
    

    

Total liabilities

     621        947
    

    

Stockholders’ equity

     4,450        4,386
    

    

Total

   $   5,071      $   5,333
    

    

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

                        

Net income

   $ 725     $ 286     $ 472  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Distributions in excess of earnings/ (equity in undistributed earnings) of subsidiaries

     94       (80 )     (22 )

Equity in discontinued operations of subsidiaries

     5       128       4  

Other

     7       (7 )     (7 )

Net change in:

                        

Other assets

     10       6       9  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (51 )     26       24  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     790       359       480  
    


 


 


Cash Flows from Investing Activities

                        

Advances to subsidiaries

     (120 )     (230 )     (100 )

Repayments from subsidiaries

     120       245       116  

Change in net intercompany receivables

     (146 )     7       23  

Increase in investments in subsidiaries

     (33 )     (20 )     (643 )

Cash payments for business combinations and investments, net of cash received

     3       (1 )     (25 )

Proceeds from sale of subsidiary

           271        

Net cash used for discontinued operations

           (183 )      
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

     (176 )     89       (629 )
    


 


 


Cash Flows from Financing Activities

                        

Repayment of loans from subsidiaries

           (24 )      

Repayment of long-term debt

     (56 )     (80 )     (100 )

Dividends paid

     (116 )     (101 )     (68 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     (697 )     (365 )     (32 )

Proceeds from stock options exercised and other

     115       51       34  
    


 


 


Net cash used for financing activities

     (754 )     (519 )     (166 )
    


 


 


Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (140 )     (71 )     (315 )

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

     693       764       1,079  
    


 


 


Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

   $ 553     $ 693     $ 764  
    


 


 


 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular Amounts in Millions, Except Per Share Data, Option Price Amounts, Ratios, and as Noted)

 

27. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

     Fourth
Quarter


   Third
Quarter


    Second
Quarter


   First
Quarter


Year Ended December 31, 2005:

                            

Revenues

   $ 1,180    $ 1,138     $ 1,087    $ 1,059

Expenses, Excluding Interest

   $ 873    $ 809     $ 784    $ 813

Net Income

   $ 187    $ 207     $ 186    $ 145

Weighted Average Common Shares – Diluted

     1,298      1,308       1,314      1,326

Basic Earnings Per Share (1)

   $ .15    $ .16     $ .14    $ .11

Diluted Earnings Per Share (1)

   $ .14    $ .16     $ .14    $ .11

Dividends Declared Per Common Share

   $ .025    $ .022     $ .022    $ .020

Range of Common Stock Price Per Share:

                            

High

   $ 16.00    $ 14.50     $ 11.83    $ 11.66

Low

   $ 13.04    $ 11.33     $ 9.87    $ 10.01

Range of Price/Earnings Ratio (2):

                            

High

     29      32       46      58

Low

     24      25       38      50

Year Ended December 31, 2004:

                            

Revenues

   $   1,060    $   1,000     $   1,034    $   1,108

Expenses, Excluding Interest

   $ 900    $ 928     $ 865    $ 864

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 53    $ (41 )   $ 113    $ 161

Weighted Average Common Shares – Diluted

     1,348      1,364       1,373      1,375

Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share (1)

   $ .04    $ (.03 )   $ .08    $ .12

Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share (1)

   $ .04    $ (.03 )   $ .08    $ .12

Dividends Declared Per Common Share

   $ .020    $ .020     $ .020    $ .014

Range of Common Stock Price Per Share:

                            

High

   $ 12.03    $ 10.03     $ 11.93    $ 13.76

Low

   $ 8.47    $ 8.30     $ 9.05    $ 10.74

Range of Price/Earnings Ratio (2):

                            

High

     57      36       30      34

Low

     40      30       23      26

(1) Both basic and diluted earnings per share include loss from discontinued operations.

 

(2) Price/earnings ratio is computed by dividing the high and low market prices by diluted earnings per share for the 12-month period ended on the last day of the quarter presented.

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management of The Charles Schwab Corporation, together with its subsidiaries (the Company), is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of published financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As of December 31, 2005, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2005.

 

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on the following page.

 

/s/ Charles R. Schwab

Charles R. Schwab

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

February 23, 2006

/s/ Christopher V. Dodds

Christopher V. Dodds

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

February 23, 2006

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of The Charles Schwab Corporation:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Charles Schwab Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of the Company on page F-2. We also have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule, an opinion on management’s assessment, and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

/s/Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California

February 23, 2006

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures: The management of the Company, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of December 31, 2005. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2005.

 

Changes in internal control over financial reporting: No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) was identified during the quarter ended December 31, 2005 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The information relating to directors of CSC required to be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference from portions of the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A by April 28, 2006 (the Proxy Statement) under “The Board of Directors – Members of the Board of Directors,” “The Board of Directors – Board and Committee Meetings,” “The Board of Directors – Director Nominations,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” The Company’s Code of Conduct and Business Ethics, applicable to directors and all employees, including senior financial officers, is available on the Company’s website at www.aboutschwab.com/corpgov. If the Company makes any amendments to or grants any waivers from its Code of Conduct and Business Ethics which are required to be disclosed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company will make such disclosures on this website.

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The following table provides certain information about the executive officers who are currently members of CSC’s Policy Committee.

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant and

Members of CSC’s Policy Committee

 

Name


   Age

    

Title


Charles R. Schwab

   68      Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

Walter W. Bettinger

   45      Executive Vice President and President – Schwab Investor Services

Christopher V. Dodds

   46      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Carrie E. Dwyer

   55      Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Jan Hier-King

   51      Executive Vice President – Human Resources

Deborah D. McWhinney

   50      Executive Vice President and President – Schwab Institutional

Randall W. Merk

   51      Executive Vice President and President – Schwab Financial Products

Rebecca Saeger

   50      Executive Vice President – Brand Management and Marketing Communications

Gideon Sasson

   50      Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Peter K. Scatturo

   45      Executive Vice President of CSC and Chief Executive Officer –USTC

 

Mr. Schwab has been Chairman and a director of CSC since its incorporation in 1986. Effective July 2004, CSC’s Board of Directors appointed Mr. Schwab as Chief Executive Officer of CSC. Mr. Schwab was Co-Chief Executive Officer of CSC from 1998 to 2003, and Chief Executive Officer of CSC from 1986 to 1997. Mr. Schwab was a founder of Schwab in 1971, its Chairman since 1978, and its Chief Executive Officer since July 2004. Mr. Schwab is currently a director of USTC and its principal subsidiary, U.S. Trust NY. Mr. Schwab is also Chairman of Schwab Bank and is a trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios, all registered investment companies.

 

Mr. Bettinger has been Executive Vice President and President – Schwab Investor Services (formerly the Individual Investor Enterprise) of CSC and Schwab since November 2005. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer – Individual Investor Enterprise of CSC and Schwab from June 2004 until November 2005, Executive Vice President and President – Corporate Services of Schwab from 2002 until June 2004, and Executive Vice President and President – Retirement Plan Services of Schwab from 2000 to 2002. Mr. Bettinger joined Schwab in 1995.

 

Mr. Dodds has been Chief Financial Officer of CSC and Schwab since 1999 and Executive Vice President of CSC and Schwab since 1998. Mr. Dodds was Corporate Controller of Schwab from 1997 to 1999 and Corporate Treasurer of Schwab from 1993 to 1997. Mr. Dodds joined Schwab in 1986. Mr. Dodds is currently a director of USTC and its principal subsidiary, U.S. Trust NY.

 

Ms. Dwyer has been Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of CSC and Executive Vice President – Corporate Oversight of Schwab since 1996. Ms. Dwyer joined Schwab in 1996.

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Ms. Hier-King has been Executive Vice President – Human Resources of CSC and Schwab since July 2004. She served as Senior Vice President of Human Resources of Schwab from 2002 until July 2004. Ms. Hier-King joined Schwab in 1994 as Senior Vice President – Technology and served in that role until 2002.

 

Ms. McWhinney has been Executive Vice President and President – Schwab Institutional of CSC and Schwab since 2001 when she joined Schwab. Prior to joining Schwab, Ms. McWhinney was Group President for Engage Media Services from 1999 to 2001. Ms. McWhinney is currently a director of SIPC and serves as Executive Advisor of Hitachi Data Systems.

 

Mr. Merk has been Executive Vice President and President – Schwab Financial Products of CSC and Schwab since January 2006. He served as Executive Vice President and President – Asset Management Products and Services of CSC from December 2004 until April 2005, and as Executive Vice President and President – Asset Management Products and Services of Schwab from December 2004 until January 2006. Mr. Merk Joined Schwab in 2002 as Executive Vice President and President – Investment Management of Schwab and served in that role until December 2004. Prior to joining Schwab, Mr. Merk was Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income for American Century from 1998 to 2001, and President and Chief Investment Officer for American Century from 2001 to 2002. Mr. Merk was appointed to CSC’s Policy Committee effective January 26, 2006.

 

Ms. Saeger has been Executive Vice President – Brand Management and Marketing Communications of Schwab since joining the Company in March 2004. She has served as Executive Vice President – Brand Management and Marketing Communications of CSC since December 2004. Prior to joining Schwab, Ms. Saeger was Executive Vice President of Brand Marketing for Visa USA from 1997 to 2004. Ms. Saeger is currently a director of the Association of National Advertisers.

 

Mr. Sasson has been Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of CSC and Schwab since June 2004. He served as Executive Vice President and President – Active Trader of Schwab from 2001 until June 2004, and Executive Vice President and President – Electronic Brokerage of Schwab from 1997 to 2001. Mr. Sasson joined Schwab in 1995.

 

Mr. Scaturro has been Executive Vice President of CSC and Chief Executive Officer of USTC since May 2005. Prior to joining USTC, Mr. Scaturro was the Chief Executive Officer of The Citigroup Private Bank from 1999 to 2004, and a member of Citigroup’s Management Committee from 2002 to 2004. Mr. Scaturro is currently a director of the Foreign Policy Association and is a member of the Economic Club of New York and the Council on Foreign Relations.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference from portions of the Proxy Statement under “The Board of Directors – Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “– Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation – Summary Compensation Table,” “– Options Granted in Last Fiscal Year,” “– Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values,” “– Long-Term Incentive Plan – Awards in Last Fiscal Year,” “Exhibit C – Description of Charles R. Schwab’s Employment and License Agreements,” “Exhibit D – Description of William L. Atwell’s Separation Agreement,” and “Exhibit E – Description of Alan J. Weber’s Separation Agreement.”

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference from portions of the Proxy Statement under “Principal Stockholders,” “Executive Compensation – Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans,” and “– Material Features of Employee Stock Incentive Plan.”

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Auditing Information – Auditor Selection and Fees.”

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule

 

(a) Documents filed as part of this Report

 

1. Financial Statements

 

The financial statements and independent auditors’ report are included in “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and are listed below:

 

Consolidated Statement of Income
Consolidated Balance Sheet
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

2. Financial Statement Schedule

 

The financial statement schedule required to be furnished pursuant to this item is listed in the accompanying index appearing on page F-1.

 

(b) Exhibits

 

The exhibits listed below are filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Exhibit


1.3    The Charles Schwab Corporation Medium-Term Notes Distribution Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.3 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.
3.11    Fifth Restated Certificate of Incorporation, effective May 7, 2001, of the Registrant (supersedes Exhibit 3.10), filed as Exhibit 3.11 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.
3.12    Third Restated Bylaws, as amended on May 9, 2003, of the Registrant (supersedes Exhibit 3.9), filed as Exhibit 3.12 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Exhibit


    
4.2    Neither the Registrant nor its subsidiaries are parties to any instrument with respect to long-term debt for which securities authorized thereunder exceed 10% of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Copies of instruments with respect to long-term debt of lesser amounts will be provided to the SEC upon request.     
10.4    Form of Release Agreement dated as of March 31, 1987 among BAC, Registrant, Schwab Holdings, Inc., Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. and former shareholders of Schwab Holdings, Inc.    (1)
10.57    Registration Rights and Stock Restriction Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1987, between the Registrant and the holders of the Common Stock, filed as Exhibit 4.23 to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 33-16192 on Form S-1 and incorporated herein by reference.     
10.72    Restatement of Assignment and License, as amended January 25, 1988, among Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Charles R. Schwab and the Registrant, filed as Exhibit 10.72 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.     
10.87    Trust Agreement under the Charles Schwab Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective November 1, 1990, dated October 25, 1990.    (5)
10.101    First Amendment to the Trust Agreement under the Charles Schwab Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective January 1, 1992, dated December 20, 1991, filed as Exhibit 10.101 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.116    Second Amendment to the Trust Agreement for the Charles Schwab Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective July 1, 1992, dated June 30, 1992, filed as Exhibit 10.116 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.169    Third Amendment to the Trust Agreement for the Charles Schwab Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective January 1, 1996, dated May 8, 1996 filed as Exhibit 10.169 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.202    Fourth Amendment to the Trust Agreement for the Charles Schwab Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective January 1, 1998, filed as Exhibit 10.202 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.226    The Charles Schwab Corporation Employee Stock Incentive Plan, restated and amended as of September 20, 2001 (supersedes Exhibit 10.190), filed as Exhibit 10.226 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.240    The Charles Schwab Corporation Corporate Executive Bonus Plan, restated to include amendments approved at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on May 13, 2002 (supersedes Exhibit 10.212), filed as Exhibit 10.240 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.242    The Charles Schwab Corporation 1987 Stock Option Plan, amended and restated as of September 25, 2002, with form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement attached (supersedes Exhibit 10.222), filed as Exhibit 10.242 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.243    The Charles Schwab Corporation 1987 Executive Officer Stock Option Plan, amended and restated as of September 25, 2002, with form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement attached (supersedes Exhibit 10.223), filed as Exhibit 10.243 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Exhibit


    
10.244    The Charles Schwab Corporation 1992 Stock Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of September 25, 2002 (supersedes Exhibit 10.224), filed as Exhibit 10.244 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.251    The Charles Schwab Corporation 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, restated to include amendments through May 2003 (supersedes Exhibit 10.248), filed as Exhibit 10.251 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.252    The Charles Schwab Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.252 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.253    Employment Agreement dated as of March 31, 2003 between the Registrant and Charles R. Schwab (supersedes Exhibit 10.149), filed as Exhibit 10.253 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.258    Credit Agreement (364-Day Commitment) dated as of June 18, 2004 between the Registrant and the financial institutions listed therein (supersedes Exhibit 10.255), filed as Exhibit 10.258 in the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 and incorporated therein by reference.     
10.259    The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, approved at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on May 17, 2004, filed as Exhibit 10.259 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.260    The Charles Schwab Severance Pay Plan, restated as of September 14, 2004 (supersedes Exhibit 10.254), filed as Exhibit 10.260 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and, incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.261    Purchase Agreement by and among The Charles Schwab Corporation, CS Capital Markets and Co., Schwab Associates and Co., UBS Securities LLC, and UBS Americas Inc., dated as of August 31, 2004, filed as Exhibit 10.261 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.    (4)
10.262    Equities Order Handling Agreement dated October 29, 2004 by and among UBS Securities LLC, Schwab Capital Markets L.P., Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., and The Charles Schwab Corporation, filed as Exhibit 10.262 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.    (4)
10.264    The Charles Schwab Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan II, effective December 9, 2004, filed as Exhibit 10.264 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.265    The Charles Schwab Corporation Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan II, effective December 9, 2004, filed as Exhibit 10.265 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.266    Form of Notice and Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Under The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.266 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)
10.267    Form of Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Under The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.267 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Exhibit


      
10.268    Form of Notice and Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Under The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.268 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)  
10.269    Form of Notice and Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement Under The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.269 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)  
10.270    Form of Notice and Restricted Stock Agreement Under The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.270 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)  
10.271    The Charles Schwab Corporation Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended through December 8, 2004 (supersedes Exhibit 10.215), filed as Exhibit 10.271 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)  
10.272    The Charles Schwab Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended through December 8, 2004 (supersedes Exhibit 10.257), filed as Exhibit 10.272 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)  
10.274    Summary of Director Compensation, filed as Exhibit 10.274 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference    (5)  
10.275    Peter K. Scaturro Offer Letter, filed as Exhibit 10.275 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated May 19, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)  
10.276    Credit Agreement (364-Day Commitment) dated as of June 17, 2005 between the Registrant and the financial institutions listed therein (supersedes Exhibit 10.258), filed as Exhibit 10.276 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.       
10.277    The Charles Schwab Corporation Corporate Executive Bonus Plan, restated to include amendments approved at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on May 19, 2005 (supersedes Exhibit 10.240), filed as Exhibit 10.277 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)  
10.278    The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, restated to include amendments approved at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on May 19, 2005 (supersedes Exhibit 10.259), filed as Exhibit 10.278 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)  
10.279    Separation Agreement by and between Alan J. Weber and The Charles Schwab Corporation and U.S. Trust Corporation, dated May 23, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.279 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5)  
10.280    Form of Notice and Restricted Stock Agreement for Peter K. Scaturro under The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan dated May 19, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.280 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.    (3)  
10.281    Form of Notice and Stock Option Grant for Peter K. Scaturro under The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, dated May 19, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.281 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5 )

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Exhibit


      
10.282    Form of Notice and Premium-Priced Stock Option Agreement under The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive plan, filed as Exhibit 10.282 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.    (5 )
10.283    Separation Agreement by and between William L. Atwell and The Charles Schwab Corporation and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., dated November 29, 2005.    (5 )
10.284    The Charles Schwab Severance Pay Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006, including Amendment Numbers 1 and 2 (supersedes Exhibit 10.260).    (5 )
10.285    Amendment to The Charles Schwab Corporation Long Term Incentive Plan    (5 )
12.1    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.       
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.       
23.1    Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Consent.       
31.1    Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.       
31.2    Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.       
32.1    Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    (2 )
32.2    Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    (2 )

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to the identically-numbered exhibit to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 33-16192 on Form S-1, as amended and declared effective on September 22, 1987.

 

(2) Furnished as an exhibit to this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

(3) Confidential treatment has been requested for certain portions of this exhibit.

 

(4) Confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this exhibit.

 

(5) Management contract or compensatory plan.

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 23, 2006.

 

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION
(Registrant)
BY:  

/s/ Charles R. Schwab

   

Charles R. Schwab

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated, on February 23, 2006.

 

Signature / Title


     

Signature / Title


/s/ Charles R. Schwab

     

/s/ Christopher V. Dodds

Charles R. Schwab,

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

     

Christopher V. Dodds,

Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

/s/ William F. Aldinger III

     

/s/ Nancy H. Bechtle

William F. Aldinger III, Director

     

Nancy H. Bechtle, Director

/s/ C. Preston Butcher

     

/s/ Donald G. Fisher

C. Preston Butcher, Director

     

Donald G. Fisher, Director

/s/ Frank C. Herringer

     

/s/ Marjorie Magner

Frank C. Herringer, Director

     

Marjorie Magner, Director

/s/ Stephen T. McLin

     

/s/ Paula A. Sneed

Stephen T. McLin, Director

     

Paula A. Sneed, Director

/s/ Roger O. Walther

     

/s/ Robert N. Wilson

Roger O. Walther, Director       Robert N. Wilson, Director

/s/ David B. Yoffie

       

David B. Yoffie, Director

       

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Index to Financial Statement Schedule

 

     Page

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   F-2

Combined Supplemental Financial Data for U.S. Trust Corporation and Charles Schwab Bank, N.A. (Unaudited)

   F-3 – F-8
      
      
      
      
      

 

Schedules not listed are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the information is included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes in “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

F-1


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

SCHEDULE II

 

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(In millions)

 

Description


   Balance at
Beginning
of Year


   Additions

   Written off

   

Balance at
End

of Year


      Charged
to Expense


   Other (1)

    

For the year ended December 31, 2005:

                                 

Allowance for doubtful accounts of brokerage clients (2)

   $ 1    $ 7       $ (6 )   $ 2
    

  

  
  


 

For the year ended December 31, 2004:

                                 

Allowance for doubtful accounts of brokerage clients (2)

   $ 2    $ 1       $ (2 )   $ 1
    

  

  
  


 

For the year ended December 31, 2003:

                                 

Allowance for doubtful accounts of brokerage clients (2)

   $ 4    $ 1       $ (3 )   $ 2
    

  

  
  


 


(1) Represents collections of previously written-off accounts.

 

(2) Excludes banking-related valuation and qualifying accounts. See “Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - 5. Loans to Banking Clients and Related Allowance for Credit Losses.”

 

F-2


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Combined Supplemental Financial Data for U.S. Trust Corporation and Charles Schwab Bank, N.A. (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Millions)

 

The following supplemental financial data is presented in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Industry Guide 3 – Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies. The accompanying unaudited financial information includes U.S. Trust Corporation (U.S. Trust) and Charles Schwab Bank, N.A. (Schwab Bank), which are subsidiaries of The Charles Schwab Corporation. U.S. Trust is a wealth management firm that also provides fiduciary and private banking services. Schwab Bank is a retail bank which commenced operations in April 2003.

 

1. Analysis of Change in Net Interest Revenue

 

An analysis of the year-to-year changes in the categories of interest revenue and interest expense resulting from changes in volume and rate, on a taxable equivalent basis, is as follows:

 

     2005 Compared to 2004
Increase (Decrease) Due to
Change in:


    2004 Compared to 2003
Increase (Decrease) Due to
Change in:


 
     Average
Volume


    Average
Rate


   Total

    Average
Volume


    Average
Rate


    Total

 

Interest-earning assets:

                                               

Cash Equivalents

   $ 13     $ 26    $ 39     $ 2     $ 1     $ 3  

Securities available for sale (1):

                                               

U.S. Treasury securities

           2      2       (2 )     (3 )     (5 )

U.S. Government agencies and collateralized mortgage obligations (2)

     53       36      89       70       3       73  

State and municipal obligations

     (4 )          (4 )     (5 )           (5 )
    


 

  


 


 


 


Total securities available for sale

     49       38      87       63             63  

Loans to banking clients (3)

     41       64      105       58       (13 )     45  

Other interest-earning assets

     (17 )     4      (13 )     8       2       10  
    


 

  


 


 


 


Total interest-earning assets

     86       132      218       131       (10 )     121  
    


 

  


 


 


 


Interest-bearing sources of funds:

                                               

Interest-bearing banking deposits

     24       90      114       34       (23 )     11  

Short-term borrowings

           13      13       (2 )     6       4  

Long-term debt

     2            2       41       (27 )     14  
    


 

  


 


 


 


Total sources on which interest is paid

     26       103      129       73       (44 )     29  
    


 

  


 


 


 


Change in net interest revenue-taxable equivalent basis

   $ 60     $ 29    $ 89     $ 58     $ 34     $ 92  
    


 

          


 


       

Tax equivalent adjustment

                    2                       2  

Provision for credit loss

                    (1 )                     2  
                   


                 


Change in net interest revenue

                  $ 90                     $ 96  
                   


                 



Changes that are not due solely to volume or rate have been allocated to rate.

 

(1) The average balance and average rate for securities available for sale have been calculated using their amortized cost.

 

(2) Includes collateralized mortgage obligations securities issued by agencies including GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC.

 

(3) Includes average principal balances of non-accrual and reduced rate loans.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Combined Supplemental Financial Data for U.S. Trust Corporation and Charles Schwab Bank, N.A. (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Millions)

 

2. Three-year Net Interest Revenue (Tax Equivalent Basis) and Average Balances

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

For the Year Ended December 31,


   Average
Balance


   Interest

    Average
Rate


    Average
Balance


   Interest

    Average
Rate


    Average
Balance


   Interest

    Average
Rate


 

Assets:

                                                               

Cash Equivalents

   $ 1,447    $ 44     3.01 %   $ 396    $ 5     1.30 %   $ 229    $ 2     1.00 %

Securities available for sale (1,2)

     5,477      228     4.16 %     4,031      141     3.45 %     1,904      78     3.91 %

Loans to banking clients (3)

     7,584      380     5.01 %     6,453      275     4.24 %     5,034      230     4.56 %

Other interest-earning assets

     113      6     5.09 %     896      19     2.20 %     447      9     1.89 %
    

  


 

 

  


 

 

  


 

Total interest-earning assets

     14,621      658     4.50 %     11,776      440     3.74 %     7,614      319     4.19 %
    

  


 

 

  


 

 

  


 

Non-interest-earning assets

     1,230                    1,179                    810               
    

                

                

              

Total Assets

   $   15,851                  $   12,955                  $   8,424               
    

                

                

              

Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity:

                                                               

Interest-bearing banking deposits

     11,628      222     1.91 %     9,077      108     1.19 %     5,395      97     1.80 %

Short-term borrowings

     875      30     3.44 %     848      17     2.01 %     1,013      13     1.24 %

Long-term debt

     650      20     3.11 %     582      18     3.14 %     58      4     7.76 %
    

  


 

 

  


 

 

  


 

Total sources on which interest is paid

     13,153      272     2.07 %     10,507      143     1.37 %     6,466      114     1.77 %
    

  


 

 

  


 

 

  


 

Non-interest-bearing deposits

     643                    615                    589               

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

     429                    369                    392               

Stockholder’s equity

     1,626                    1,464                    977               
    

                

                

              

Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity

   $   15,851                  $   12,955                  $   8,424               
    

                

                

              

Net interest revenue - taxable equivalent basis

            386                    297                    205        

Net free funds

   $ 1,468                  $ 1,269                  $ 1,149               
    

                

                

              

Tax equivalent adjustment (2)

                               (2 )                  (4 )      

Provision for credit loss

            (3 )                  (2 )                  (4 )      
           


              


              


     
            $  383                  $  293                  $  197        
           


              


              


     

Net yield on interest earning assets (tax equivalent basis)

                  2.63 %                  2.52 %                  2.69 %

(1) The average balance and average rate for securities available for sale have been calculated using their amortized cost.

 

(2) Yields on state and municipal obligations are stated on a taxable equivalent basis, employing the federal statutory income tax rate adjusted for the effect of state and local taxes, resulting in a marginal tax rate of approximately 41% for 2005, 40% for 2004, and 40% for 2003.

 

(3) Includes average principal balances of non-accrual and reduced rate loans.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Combined Supplemental Financial Data for U.S. Trust Corporation and Charles Schwab Bank, N.A. (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Millions)

 

3. Securities Available for Sale

 

The amortized cost, estimated fair value and gross unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale are as follows:

 

December 31,


       2005

     2004

     2003

U.S. treasury securities:

  Amortized cost    $ 372      $ 263      $ 301
   

Aggregate fair value

   $ 372      $ 262      $ 302
   

Gross unrealized gains

                 $ 1
   

Gross unrealized losses

          $ 1       

U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations:

 

Amortized cost

     1,273        1,534        1,421
   

Aggregate fair value

     1,248        1,534        1,421
   

Gross unrealized gains

            5        5
   

Gross unrealized losses

     25        5        5

State and municipal obligations:

 

Amortized cost

            1        148
   

Aggregate fair value

            1        155
   

Gross unrealized gains

                   7
   

Gross unrealized losses

                  

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

Amortized cost

     4,794        3,062        1,508
   

Aggregate fair value

     4,746        3,051        1,508
   

Gross unrealized gains

     6        5        4
   

Gross unrealized losses

     54        16        4

Other securities:

 

Amortized cost

     21        22        51
   

Aggregate fair value

     21        22        51
   

Gross unrealized gains

                  
   

Gross unrealized losses

                  

Total securities available for sale:

 

Amortized cost

   $   6,460      $   4,882      $   3,429
   

Aggregate fair value

   $ 6,387      $ 4,870      $ 3,437
   

Gross unrealized gains

   $ 6      $ 10      $ 17
   

Gross unrealized losses

   $ 79      $ 22      $ 9

 

F-5


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Combined Supplemental Financial Data for U.S. Trust Corporation and Charles Schwab Bank, N.A. (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Millions)

 

4. Loans to Banking Clients and Related Allowance for Credit Losses

 

An analysis of the composition of the loan portfolio is as follows:

 

December 31,


   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

   2001

Residential real estate mortgages

   $   5,374     $   4,308     $   4,240     $   3,481    $   2,991

Home equity lines of credit

     1,375       1,034       384       99      85

Consumer loans

     1,244       971       735       630      584

Other

     542       536       404       369      407
    


 


 


 

  

Total

   $ 8,535     $ 6,849     $ 5,763     $ 4,579    $ 4,067
    


 


 


 

  

An analysis of nonperforming assets is as follows:                                      

December 31,


   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

   2001

Non-accrual loans

   $ 1     $ 1     $ 1     $ 1    $ 5

Average non-accrual loans

   $ 1     $ 1     $ 1     $ 3    $ 4
An analysis of the allowance for credit losses on the loan portfolio is as follows:                                      
     2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

   2001

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 27     $ 27     $ 24     $ 21    $ 20

Provision

     3       2       4       3     

Recoveries

                            1

Release of allowance on loans sold

           (2 )     (1 )         

Charge-offs

     (1 )                     
    


 


 


 

  

Balance at end of year

   $ 29     $ 27     $ 27     $ 24    $ 21
    


 


 


 

  

 

The maturities of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 

     Within 1
Year


  

1-5

Years


   Over 5
Years


   Total

Residential real estate mortgages (1)

   $ 330    $   280    $   4,764    $   5,374

Home equity lines of credit

     9      5      1,361      1,375

Consumer loans

     1,158      50      36      1,244

Other

     437      24      81      542
    

  

  

  

Total

   $   1,934    $ 359    $ 6,242    $ 8,535
    

  

  

  


(1) Maturities are based upon the contractual terms of the loans.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Combined Supplemental Financial Data for U.S. Trust Corporation and Charles Schwab Bank, N.A. (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Millions)

 

The interest sensitivity of loans with maturities in excess of one year at December 31, 2005 is as follows:

 

    

1-5

Years


  

Over

5 Years


   Total

Loans with predetermined interest rates

   $   172    $   1,414    $   1,586

Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates

     187      4,828      5,015
    

  

  

Total

   $ 359    $ 6,242    $ 6,601
    

  

  

 

5. Summary of Credit Loss on Banking Loans Experience

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Average loans

   $   7,584     $   6,453     $   5,034     $   4,204     $   3,469  

Allowance to year end loans

     .34 %     .39 %     .46 %     .52 %     .53 %

Allowance to nonperforming loans

     n/m       n/m       n/m       n/m       n/m  

Recoveries to average loans

                             .01 %

Nonperforming assets to average loans and real estate owned

     .02 %     .01 %     .03 %     .03 %     .14 %

 

n/m – Not meaningful, greater than two hundred percent.

 

At December 31, 2005, U.S. Trust’s loan portfolio included loans to individuals involved in the financial services industry of approximately $1.3 billion.

 

6. Deposits from Banking Clients

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 
     Amount

   Rate

    Amount

   Rate

    Amount

   Rate

 

Analysis of average daily deposits:

                                       

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ 643        $ 615        $ 589     

Certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more

     650    3.47 %     397    1.35 %     372    1.23 %

Money market and other savings deposits

     10,978    1.82 %     8,680    1.19 %     5,023    1.85 %
    

        

        

      

Total deposits

   $   12,271          $   9,692          $   5,984       
    

        

        

      

 

    

Certificates

of Deposit


  

Other

Deposits


Maturity distribution of interest bearing deposits in Amounts of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2005:

             

Three months or less

   $   883    $   10,131

Three through six months

     51     

Six through twelve months

     28     

Over twelve months

     7     
    

  

Total

   $ 969    $ 10,131
    

  

 

F-7


Table of Contents

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Combined Supplemental Financial Data for U.S. Trust Corporation and Charles Schwab Bank, N.A. (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Millions)

 

7. Short-term Borrowings

 

An analysis of outstanding short-term borrowings is as follows:

 

December 31,


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

Federal funds purchased (overnight):

                        

Year-end balance

   $ 1     $ 8     $ 58  

Daily average balance

   $ 35     $ 78     $ 82  

Maximum month-end balance

   $ 228     $ 611     $   232  

Weighted-average interest rate during the year

     3.31 %     1.09 %     1.13 %

Weighted-average interest rate at year end

     4.06 %     2.13 %     .93 %

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

                        

Year-end balance

               $ 128  

Daily average balance

         $ 14     $ 304  

Maximum month-end balance

         $ 51     $ 354  

Weighted-average interest rate during the year

           1.18 %     1.29 %

Weighted-average interest rate at year end

                 1.17 %

Other borrowed funds:

                        

Year-end balance

   $ 701     $ 685     $ 905  

Daily average balance

   $ 840     $ 756     $ 627  

Maximum month-end balance

   $   1,182     $   1,138     $ 983  

Weighted-average interest rate during the year

     3.45 %     1.58 %     1.23 %

Weighted-average interest rate at year end

     4.48 %     2.48 %     1.19 %

 

8. Ratios

 

Year ended December 31,


   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Return on average stockholder’s equity

   8.28 %   5.01 %   5.90 %   4.53 %   22.50 %

Return on average total assets

   .85 %   .57 %   .69 %   .46 %   2.41 %

Average stockholder’s equity as a percentage of average total assets

   10.26 %   11.30 %   11.61 %   10.24 %   10.70 %

Dividend payout ratio

   16.18 %   35.24 %   14.29 %   55.00 %   31.43 %

 

F-8

EX-10.87 2 dex1087.htm TRUST AGREEMENT Trust Agreement

Exhibit 10.87

 

SECURITY PACIFIC NATIONAL BANK

TRUST AGREEMENT FOR THE

CHARLES SCHWAB PROFIT SHARING

AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


SECURITY PACIFIC NATIONAL BANK

TRUST AGREEMENT FOR THE

CHARLES SCHWAB PROFIT SHARING

AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

INDEX

 

          Page

ARTICLE I ACCEPTANCE OF TRUST    1

1.01

   Acceptance of the Trust.    1
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS    1

2.01

   Plan Definitions    1

2.02

   Special Definitions    1
ARTICLE III CONTRIBUTIONS    1

3.01

   Contributions    1

3.02

   Fund Assets    2
ARTICLE IV PAYMENTS FROM TRUST FUND    2

4.01

   Payments by the Trustee    2

4.02

   Plan Administrator’s Directions    2

4.03

   The Trustee’s Reliance on Directions    3

4.04

   Disputed Payments    3

4.05

   Trust Expenses    3

4.06

   Taxes    3

4.07

   Expenses of Administration    3

4.08

   Restrictions on Alienation    3

4.09

   Payment on Court Order    4
ARTICLE V INVESTMENTS    4

5.01

   Management by the Trustee    4

5.02

   Investment Manager    4

5.03

   Participant Directed Accounts    5

5.04

   Securities Voting Rights    5

5.05

   Employer Securities    6
ARTICLE VI FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES AND INDEMNITIES    7

6.01

   Relationship of Fiduciaries    7

6.02

   Benefits of Participants    8

6.03

   Duty of Care    8

6.04

   Indicia of Ownership    8

 

- i -


6.05

   The Trustee’s Reliance    8

6.06

   Indemnities    8

6.07

   Responsibility with Respect to Securities Laws    9
ARTICLE VII POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE    9

7.01

   Investment Powers    9

7.02

   Securities Depositories    11

7.03

   Investment in Common Trust Funds    11
ARTICLE VIII ACCOUNTS OF THE TRUSTEE    11

8.01

   Records    11

8.02

   Reports    11

8.03

   Valuation    12
ARTICLE IX RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF THE TRUSTEE    12

9.01

   Resignation    12

9.02

   Removal    12

9.03

   Appointment of a Successor    12

9.04

   Settlement of Account    13

9.05

   Indemnity for Expenses and Compensation    13
ARTICLE X AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION    13

10.01

   Amendment    13

10.02

   Termination    13

10.3

   Failure to Maintain Qualification    14
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS    14

11.01

   Participation by Affiliated Companies    14

11.02

   Multiple Plans    14

11.03

   Exclusive Benefit Rule    14

11.04

   Refunds to Employer    14

11.05

   Construction    15

11.06

   Execution and Counterparts    15

11.07

   Successors and Assigns    15

11.08

   Gender    16

 

- ii -


SECURITY PACIFIC NATIONAL BANK

 

TRUST AGREEMENT FOR THE

 

CHARLES SCHWAB PROFIT SHARING

 

AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

ARTICLE 1

 

ACCEPTANCE OF TRUST

 

1.01 Acceptance of the Trust. The Trustee agrees to hold and administer the assets of the Plan that are delivered to it pursuant to the instructions of the Employer, together with additional contributions that are delivered to the Trustee under the terms of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DEFINITIONS

 

2.01 Plan Definitions. Words defined in the Plan shall have the same definition in this Trust Agreement except when such definition would be inconsistent with the definitions in the Trust Agreement or would be contrary to Trust Agreement terms.

 

2.02 Special Definitions. The following definitions are in addition to those in the Plan.

 

(a) ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(b) Investment Manager. A person, other than the Trustee appointed by the Employer or Plan Administrator to manage the investment of the Plan assets, who meets the requirements of Section 3(38) of ERISA.

 

(c) Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

ARTICLE III

 

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

3.01 Contributions. The Trustee shall receive contributions from the Employer or Plan Administrator in cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no duty to collect or enforce payment to it of any contributions, or to require any contributions to be made, and shall have no duty to compute any amount to be paid to it nor to determine whether amounts paid comply with the Plan.

 

- 1 -


3.02 Fund Assets. The trust fund assets consist of all money and property received as contributions, together with any income on or increment in such assets. The Trustee shall hold the fund assets without distinction between principal and income.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

PAYMENTS FROM TRUST FUND

 

4.01 Payments by the Trustee. Payments of money or property from the trust fund shall be made by the Trustee for any purpose authorized under the Plan upon written direction from the Plan Administrator. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether directions by the Plan Administrator conform to the Plan provisions.

 

If the Plan Administrator directs that any payment or payments be made or continued contingent upon future events, it shall be the responsibility of the Plan Administrator to notify the Trustee in writing that the even has occurred and any payments made by the Trustee prior to the date of such notification shall, as to the Trustee, be proper payments.

 

Payments by the Trustee shall be delivered or mailed to addresses supplied by the Plan Administrator and the Trustee’s obligation to make such payments shall be satisfied upon such delivery or mailing. The Trustee shall have no obligation to determine the identity of persons entitled to benefits or their mailing addresses.

 

4.02 Plan Administrator’s Directions. Directions by the Plan Administrator to the Trustee shall be in writing and signed by the Plan Administrator or persons authorized by the Plan Administrator.

 

The Plan Administrator shall be identified to the Trustee by a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Employer appointing such Plan Administrator. Persons authorized to give directions to the Trustee on behalf of the Plan Administrator shall be identified to the Trustee by written notice from the Board of Directors or the Plan Administrator and such notice shall contain specimens of the authorized signatures. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon such written notice as evidence of the identity and authority of the persons appointed until a written cancellation of the appointment, or the written appointment of a successor, is received by the Trustee.

 

- 2 -


4.03 The Trustee’s Reliance on Directions. The Trustee may rely upon directions from the Plan Administrator in making payments from the trust fund. The Trustee shall have no liability for payments made, or for failure to make payments, or for discontinuing payments, on direction of the Plan Administrator. The Trustee shall have no liability for failure to make payments in the absence of proper written directions.

 

The Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine whether trust assets are sufficient to meet the liabilities under the Plan, and shall not be liable for payments or Plan liabilities in excess of trust assets.

 

4.04 Disputed Payments. If a dispute arises over the propriety of any payment from the trust fund, the Trustee may withhold payment until the dispute has been resolved by a court of competent jurisdiction or settled by the parties to the dispute. The Trustees may consult its legal counsel or legal counsel of the Employer and shall be protected to the extent permitted by law in acting upon advice of counsel.

 

4.05 Trust Expenses. The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services as from time to time agreed upon in writing between the Trustee and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. If the Trustee and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. fail to agree upon compensation, the Trustee shall be entitled to compensation at a rate equal to the rate charged for similar services rendered by it during the preceding fiscal year. The Trustee shall be entitled to reimbursement for actual expenses incurred by it in the performance of its duties as the Trustee, including reasonable fees for legal counsel.

 

4.06 Taxes. If the trust fund becomes liable for the payment of any taxes, charges, or assessments by federal, state or local government units, the Trustee may pay such taxes, charges, or assessments out of the trust fund and deduct those amounts from payments due to the person whose interest in the trust fund was the cause of the tax, charge, or assessment; provided, however, that the Trustee shall give ten days notice by mail to the Plan Administrator of its intention to make such payment.

 

4.07 Expenses of Administration. Expenses incurred by the Employer of Plan Administrator, Investment Managers, or other persons designated to act on behalf of the Employer or Plan Administrator, shall be the obligation of the Employer. However, such expenses may be paid from the Trust Fund upon the written request of the Employer.

 

4.08 Restrictions on Alienation. The interest of any Participant or Beneficiary in the trust fund shall not be subject

 

- 3 -


to the claims of their creditors and may not be assigned, transferred, alienated, or encumbered. Any attempt at alienation shall be void, and the Trustee shall disregard any attempted alienation. The trust assets shall not be liable for or subject to debts or torts of any Participant or Beneficiary, and benefits shall not be considered an asset of a Participant in bankruptcy. This does not preclude the Trustee from complying with a qualified domestic relations order, as that term is defined in the Code.

 

4.09 Payment on Court Order. To the extent permitted under ERISA and the Code, the Trustee is authorized to make any payments directed by court order in any action in which the Trustee has been named as a party. The Trustee is not obligated to defend actions in which the Trustee is named by shall notify the Employer or Plan Administrator or any such action and may tender defense of the action to the Employer, Plan Administrator, or Participant or Beneficiary whose interest is affected. The Trustee may in its discretion defend any action in which the Trustee is named, and any expenses incurred by the Trustee shall be a charge upon the Trust Fund unless paid by the Employer; provided, however, that in the event of a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee has breached its duty under the terms of this Agreement or ERISA, the Trustee shall make reimbursement of such expenses, in whole or in part, pursuant to the decision of the court.

 

ARTICLE V

 

INVESTMENTS

 

5.01 Management by the Trustee. The Trustee shall manage the investment of the trust fund unless the Plan Administrator has given the Trustee written notice of the appointment of Investment Manager or other person designated to direct investment of all or a portion of the trust fund.

 

5.02 Investment Manager. Subject to Section 5.05, the Plan Administrator may appoint one or more Investment Managers to direct the Trustee in the investment of all or a specified portion of the assets of the trust fund. The Plan Administrator may also remove any Investment Manager. The Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of the appointment or removal of any Investment Manager.

 

If there is more than one Investment Manager under appointment at any one time, the Trustee shall, upon instructions from the Plan Administrator, establish separate funds for control by each Investment Manager. The funds shall consist of those trust assets or that portion of the trust fund designated by the Plan Administrator.

 

- 4 -


Investment instructions from Investment Managers to the Trustee shall be made in writing unless the Trustee consents to receive oral instructions from an Investment Manager. An Investment Manager may issue orders for the purchase or sale of securities directly to a broker dealer provided the Investment Manager immediately notifies the Trustee in writing of the issuance of such order and requires the broker dealer to confirm execution of the order to the Trustee.

 

The Trustee shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any Investment Manager or be under any obligation to invest or otherwise manage any assets of the trust fund which are subject to control of an Investment Manager. If any foreign securities are purchased by the Investment Manager, it shall be the responsibility of the Investment Manager to advise the Trustee in writing of any laws or regulations, either foreign or domestic, which apply to such foreign securities or to the receipt of dividends or interest on such securities.

 

5.03 Participant Directed Accounts. In plans providing for Participant directed accounts, the Trustee may, upon written instructions from the Plan Administrator with the Trustee’s consent, segregate assets representing the value of an individual Participant’s account under the Plan and allow the Participant to manage the investment of those assets attributable to his account. The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or otherwise manage assets earmarked for an individual Participant’s account until written notice is received from the Plan Administrator terminating the Participant directed account. The Participant shall have full investment responsibility for the assets segregated fro his account and the Trustee shall have no duty to oversee the Participant’s investment except that the Trustee shall not accept a Participant’s direction to invest in “collectibles” [within the meaning of Section 408 (m) (2) of the Code] including, but not limited to, tangible personal property such as a work of art, rug, antique, metal, gem, stamp, coin, alcoholic beverage or any other such property specified by the Internal Revenue Service. Neither the Trustee nor any other fiduciary shall be liable for any loss which results from a Participant’s or his Beneficiary’s exercise of control over the assets segregated to his individual account.

 

5.04 Securities Voting Rights. Except as provided in Section 5.05 regarding Employer Securities, voting or other rights in securities held in the Trust shall be exercised by the Trustee, unless an Investment Manager has been appointed or the Plan Administrator has reserved to itself the authority, or subsequently elects to assume the authority, to exercise voting

 

- 5 -


and other rights in such securities. Where an Investment Manager has been authorized to acquire and dispose of all or a portion of the assets of the Trust, the Investment Manager shall be responsible and liable for voting or exercising other rights in the securities subject to its management and control.

 

5.05 Employer Securities.

 

(a) Employer Securities are required to be purchased pursuant to the Plan (i) to be the primary investment under the employee stock ownership plan part of the Plan and (ii) to accommodate investment directions given by Participants with respect to the investment of their Accounts under the profit sharing plan part of the Plan (including salary deferrals and Employer matching contributions credited to deferrals and Employer matching contributions credited to such Accounts). Investment in such Employer Securities shall be made from time to time by a direct issue of such Employer Securities from the Employer (in the event of Employer Securities used to fund the employee stock ownership plan only) or by purchase through securities dealers or by private purchase. However, no private purchase of such Employer Securities shall be made at a total cost greater than the total cost (including brokers’ fees and other expenses of purchase) of purchasing such shares at the then prevailing price of such shares on the open market, such prevailing price to be determined by the Trustee as nearly as practicable.

 

(b) Employer Securities purchased as an investment of the employee stock ownership plan shall be purchased pursuant to directions of the Plan Administrator with regard to such purchase. Employer Securities purchased as an investment of the profit sharing plan shall be purchased at such prices, in such amounts, in such manner, at such times and through such broker-dealer as the Trustee may determine in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion.

 

(c) Cash dividends received on any Employer Securities held as part of the profit sharing plan shall be invested as soon as possible in additional shares of Employer Securities. Cash dividends received on any Employer Securities held as an investment of the employee stock ownership plan shall be invested as directed by the Plan Administrator.

 

(d) The trustee shall invest funds awaiting investment in the Employer Securities in the manner authorized by Section 7.01 (e).

 

- 6 -


(e) All Employer Securities purchased by the Trustee shall be registered in the name of the Trustee or its nominee and legal title to such Employer Securities shall remain in the Trustee until the Participant shall become entitled to distribution thereof pursuant to the Plan.

 

(f) Voting or proxy or other rights with respect to Employer Securities shall be disposed of as provided in this Section V. With respect to Employer Securities that are allocated to Participants’ Accounts, each Participant shall be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which such Employer Securities then allocated to his Account shall be voted. Such directions may be achieved through the use of proxy or similar statements delivered to the Participants with respects to the Employer Securities allocated to their Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall provide any information requested by the Trustee that is necessary or convenient in connection with obtaining and preserving the confidentiality of the Participants’ directions. Any allocated Employer Securities with respect to which Participates are entitled to issue directions pursuant to the foregoing and for which such directions are not received by the Trustee shall not be voted by the Trustee unless the Trustee is required to exercise its discretion in voting such Employer Securities pursuant to ERISA. All unallocated Employer Securities shall be voted by the Trustee at the direction of the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that subject the requirements of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to vote such unallocated Employer Securities in the same proportion as the shares of Employer Securities for which Participant voting instructions have been received as provide in the agreement between the Employer and the New York Stock Exchange.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES AND INDEMNITIES

 

6.01 Relationship of Fiduciaries. Each fiduciary of the Plan and this Trust shall be solely responsible for his own acts or omissions. The Trustee shall have no duty to question any other fiduciary’s performance of fiduciary duties allocated to other fiduciaries by the Plan Administrator. No fiduciary shall be responsible for breach by another fiduciary unless he participates knowingly in, or knowingly undertakes to conceal, an act or omission of such other fiduciary, knowing such at or omission is a breach; he has actual knowledge of a breach by such other fiduciary and fails to make reasonable effort under the circumstances to remedy the breach; or his failure to perform his own specific fiduciary duties has enabled another fiduciary to commit a breach.

 

- 7 -


6.02 Benefits of Participants. A fiduciary shall discharge his duties with respect to the Plan and Trust solely in the interest of the Participants and their Beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of the Plan.

 

6.03 Duty of Care. A fiduciary shall discharge his duties with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; and in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and this Trust. A fiduciary managing investments shall diversify investments so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so.

 

6.04 Indicia of Ownership. Except as authorized by regulation by the Secretary of the Department of Labor, the Trustee shall not maintain the indicia of ownership of any assets of the trust fund outside the jurisdiction of the district courts of the United States.

 

6.05 The Trustee’s Reliance. The Trustee shall have no liability to any Participant, Beneficiary, or any other person for payments made, failure to make payments, or discontinuance of payments, on direction of the Plan Administrator; or for failure to make payments in the absence of instructions from the Plan Administrator.

 

Except as provided in Section 5.05, the Trustee may request instructions from the Plan Administrator. The Trustee shall have no duty to act or liability for failure to act if such instructions are not forthcoming from the Plan Administrator. If requested instructions are not received within a reasonable time, the Trustee may, but is under no duty to, act on its discretion to carry out the provisions of the Plan and Trust

 

6.06 Indemnities. The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Trustee and trust fund harmless against any loss or liability, including reasonable attorney’s fees, imposed upon the Trustee as a result of any acts taken in accordance with written directions (or failure to act in the absence of such directions) from the Plan Administrator, Investment Manger, or any other person designated to act on their behalf, or by reason of the Trustee’s good faith execution of its duties in the administration of this trust, except in the event of the Trustee’s negligence in performing its own specific fiduciary duties as described under this Trust Agreement and under ERISA.

 

- 8 -


If the trust ceases to be a tax-exempt trust under Section 401 and Section 501 of the Code, the Employer shall indemnify the Trustee for any federal or state taxes which the Trustee is required to pay as a result of the distribution made at the direction of the Plan Administrator.

 

6.07 Responsibility with Respect to Securities Laws. It shall be the responsibility of the Plan Administrator, and not the Trustee, to assure compliance with all requirements imposed under the securities laws of the United States or any State, including, but not limited to, registration and filing requirements. The Trustee is hereby specifically indemnified and held harmless for any loss or liability it may incur, or for any penalties that may be imposed as a result of the Plan Administrator’s failure to comply with such requirements.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE

 

7.01 Investment Powers. The Trustee, except as provided in Article V, and only to the extent it has not received directions pursuant to Article V, is authorized and empowered in its sole discretion:

 

(a) To invest and reinvest trust assets, together with the income therefrom, in common stock, preferred stock, convertible preferred stock, bonds, debentures, convertible debentures and bonds, mortgages, notes, time certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other evidence of indebtedness (including those issued by the Trustee or any affiliate), other securities, policies of life insurance, annuity contracts, options or buy or sell securities or other assets, and property (personal, real, or mixed, and tangible or intangible);

 

(b) To deposit or invest all or any part of the assets of the trust in savings accounts or certificates of deposit or other deposits which bear a reasonable interest rate in a bank, including the commercial department of the Trustee, if such bank is supervised by the United States or a State;

 

(c) To hold, manage, improve, repair and control all property, real or personal, forming part of the trust assets; to sell, convey, transfer, exchange, partition, lease for any term, even extending beyond the duration of this trust, and otherwise dispose of the same from time to time in such manner, for such consideration, and upon such terms and conditions as the Trustee shall determine.

 

- 9 -


(d) To have, respecting securities, all the rights, powers and privileges of an owner, including the power to give proxies, pay assessment and other sums deemed by the Trustee to be necessary for the protection of the trust fund, to vote any corporate stock either in person or by proxy, with or without power of substitution, for any purpose; to participate in voting trusts, pooling agreements, foreclosures, reorganizations, consolidations, mergers and liquidations, and in connection therewith to deposit securities with and transfer title to any protective or other committee under such terms as the Trustee may deem advisable; to exercise or sell stock subscriptions or conversion rights; and, regardless of any limitation elsewhere in this instrument relative to investment by the Trustee, to accept and retain as an investment any securities or other property received through the exercise of any of the foregoing powers;

 

(e) In the ordinary course of administration of the trust fund, all uninvested cash balances shall be invested in short term obligations, including obligations of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, trust and participation certificates, beneficial interests in any trust and such other short term obligations as the Trustee deems to be appropriate for such interim investment purposes, including the Short Term Investment Fund maintained by the Trustee; provided, however, that the portion of the trust fund that in its discretion shall be reasonable under the circumstances, pending investments, or payment of expenses, or the distribution of benefits;

 

(f) To take such actions as may be necessary or desirable to protect the trust from loss, including the appointment of agents or trustees in such other jurisdictions as may seem desirable, to transfer property to such agents or trustees, to grant such powers as are necessary or desirable to protect the trust or its assets, to direct such agent or trustee, or to delegate such power to direct, and to remove such agent or trustee;

 

(g) To employ such agents including custodians and counsel as may be reasonable necessary and to pay them reasonable compensation; to settle, compromise or abandon all claims and demands in favor of or against the trust assets;

 

(h) To cause title to property of the trust to be issued, held or registered in the individual name of the Trustee, or in the name of its nominee(s) or agents, or in such form that title will pass by delivery;

 

- 10 -


(i) To exercise all of the further rights, powers, options and privileges granted, provided for, or vested in trustees generally under the laws of the State of California, so that the powers conferred upon the Trustee herein shall not be in limitation of any authority conferred by law, but shall be in addition thereto;

 

(j) To borrow money from any source to purchase Employer Securities and to execute promissory notes or other obligations and to pledge or mortgage any trust assets as security, subject to applicable requirements of the Code and ERISA; provided, however, that any money needed for the purchase of Employer Securities shall not be borrower from the Trustee.

 

(k) To lend certificates representing stocks, bonds, or other securities to any brokerage or other firm selected by the Trustee, provided such loans are adequately secured; and

 

(l) To do all other acts necessary or desirable for the proper administration of the Trust assets, as if the Trustee were the absolute owner thereof.

 

7.02 Securities Depositories. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee in its discretion is authorized to use securities depositories or custodians. Further, such securities as are held by a depository or custodian may be registered in the name of such depository or its nominee or in the name of such custodian or its nominee.

 

7.03 Investment in Common Trust Funds. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Trustee is hereby expressly authorized to invest in any common, collective or pooled fund maintained by the Trustee or any other bank or trust company and the Declarations of Trust establishing or amending such funds are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ACCOUNTS OF THE TRUSTEE

 

8.01 Records. The Trustee shall maintain accurate records and accounts of all trust transactions and assets. The records and accounts shall be available at reasonable times for inspection or audit by any person or persons designated by the Plan Administrator.

 

8.02 Reports. Within ninety days following the close of each Plan Year, or the effective date of the removal or

 

- 11 -


resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall file with the Plan Administrator a written account setting forth all transactions since the end of the period covered by the last previous accounting. The report shall include a listing of the trust assets, showing carrying and market values of such assets at the close of the period covered by the account. On direction of the Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall submit to the Plan Administrator interim valuations, reports, or other information.

 

The Plan Administrator may approve the accounting by written approval delivered to the Trustee or by failure to deliver written objection to the Trustee within sixty days after receipt of the accounting.

 

8.03 Valuation. Trust assets shall be valued at fair market value on the date of valuation, as determined by the Trustee based upon such sources of information as it may deem reliable including, but not limited to, stock market quotations, statistical evaluation services, newspaper of general circulation, financial publications, advice from investment counselors or brokerage firms, or any combination of sources. The value of unlisted or very thinly traded company stock shall be based on an appraisal by a qualified independent appraiser acceptable to the Trustee.

 

The Plan Administrator shall instruct the Trustee as to the value of assets for which market value is not readily obtainable by the Trustee. If the Plan Administrator fails to provide values the Trustee may take whatever action it deems reasonable, including employment of attorneys, appraisers or the professions, the expense of which will be an expense of the administration of the trust.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF THE TRUSTEE

 

9.01 Resignation. The Trustee may resign at any time upon at least thirty days written notice to Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

 

9.02 Removal. Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. may remove the Trustee upon at least thirty days written notice to the Trustee.

 

9.03 Appointment of a Successor. Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. by resolution of its Board of Directors, shall appoint a successor trustee. Upon failure or the Board of Directors to appoint a successor trustee by the effective date of resignation or removal, the individual members of the Board of Directors of Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. shall become successor trustee until another successor trustee is appointed.

 

- 12 -


Upon appointment of the successor trustee the Trustee shall deliver to the successor trustee such records as may be reasonably required to enable the successor trustee properly to administer the trust fund, and shall deliver to the successor trustee all property of the trust after deducting such amounts the Trustee seems necessary to provide for expenses, compensation, and taxes.

 

9.04 Settlement of Account. Upon resignation or removal, the Trustee shall have the right to a settlement of its account which settlement shall be made, at the Trustee’s option, either by a judicial settlement in an action instituted by the Trustee, or by an agreement of settlement between the Trustee and the Employer.

 

9.05 Indemnity for Expenses and Compensation. The Trustee shall not be obligated to transfer assets of the trust until the Trustee is indemnified in a manner satisfactory to it for al fees and expenses reasonably anticipated.

 

9.06 Termination of Liability. Upon settlement of its account and transfer of the trust assets to the successor trustee, all rights and privileges under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall vest in the successor trustee and thereafter liability of the Trustee shall terminate with respect to acts of the successor trustee not related to prior acts of the Trustee subject only to the requirement that the Trustee execute all necessary documents to transfer the trust assets to the successor trustee.

 

ARTICLE X

 

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

10.01 Amendment. The Trustee and Charles Schwab & Co. Inc., may amend any or all of the provisions of this Trust Agreement. Amendments to the Trust Agreement shall be executed by two officers of the Trustee and a copy of such amendments shall be mailed to Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. No amendment shall be made which will permit any part of the trust fund to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries.

 

10.02 Termination. The trust is irrevocable but may be terminated by Charles Schwab & Co. Inc. by resolution of its Board of Directors and which at least sixty days written notice to the Trustee. Upon termination of the trust, the trust assets

 

- 13 -


shall be distributed as directed by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be required to make any distribution prior to receipt of a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service that the termination does not affect the tax exempt status of the plan and trust. In the event the plan is not required to obtain the prior approval of the Internal Revenue Service, the Trustee may, in lieu of such determination letter, accept an indemnification of the Trustee by the Employer for any liability the Trustee may incur for compliance with directions to distribute the assets of the Trust, including taxes and attorney’s fees.

 

10.03 Failure to Maintain Qualification. If the Plan and Trust fail to qualify or the Plan loses its status as a Qualified Plan, the Trustee may, without notice or direction, remove the trust fund assets from any common or collective trust fund or pooled investment fund maintained by the Trustee for investments by Qualified Plans.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.01 Participation by Affiliated Companies. Any company affiliated with the Employer may become a party to this Trust Agreement by adopting the Employer’s Plan and this Trust Agreement.

 

11.02 Multiple Plans. With the consent of the Trustee, the assets of two or more Qualified Plans maintained by the Employer and affiliated companies may be maintained as one trust and their assets may be commingled.

 

11.03 Exclusive Benefit Rule. Except as provided in Section 11.04, no part of the principal or income of this trust shall be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or for the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan until all liabilities for benefits due Participants or their Beneficiaries have been satisfied.

 

11.04 Refunds to Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 11.03, if the Internal Revenue Service finds that this Plan does not initially meet the requirements of a qualified plan whose trust is a qualified trust exempt from federal income tax, the Trustee may within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied and upon written directions from the Employer, return any initial contribution made by the Employer and the trust shall then be terminated.

 

- 14 -


The Trustee may, upon instructions from the Plan Administrator, return to the Employer or individual Participants contributions made on mistake of fact or in excess of the amount determined to be deducible by the Employer within one year of the date the contribution was made, or within one year of the date the deduction for the Employer was disallowed.

 

11.05 Construction. The Trust will be administered in the State of California, and its validity, construction and all rights hereunder shall be governed by ERISA and, to the extent not preempted, by the laws of California. If the provisions of this Trust Agreement and the Plan shall be inconsistent or otherwise in conflict regarding the rights, duties or obligations of the Trustee, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. If any provisions of this Agreement shall be ruled invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions thereof shall continue to be fully effective.

 

Headings or subheading are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of the Provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

11.06 Execution and Counterparts. This Trust Agreement may be executed in several counterpart, each of which shall be deemed an original and said counterparts shall constitute by one instrument which may be sufficiently evidenced by any counterpart.

 

11.07 Successors and Assigns. This Trust Agreement shall inure to the benefit of any and shall be binding upon, the parties and their successor and assigns.

 

- 15 -


11.08 Gender. As used in this Trust Agreement, the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular as the context requires.

 

Executed by the Employer and Trustee on 10/25, 1990, effective as of 11/01, 1990.

 

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC.
By:  

/s/ Charles R. Schwab


Its:   Chairman/CEO
SECURITY PACIFIC NATIONAL BANK
By:  

/s/ Mary Lau


Its:   Assistant Vice President
By:    
Its:    

 

- 16 -

EX-10.283 3 dex10283.htm SEPARATION AGREEMENT - ATWELL Separation Agreement - Atwell

Exhibit 10.283

 

SEPARATION AGREEMENT, GENERAL RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

 

This Separation Agreement, General Release and Waiver of Claims (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between William L. Atwell (“Mr. Atwell”), on the one hand, and The Charles Schwab Corporation (the “CSC”) and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., their subsidiaries, affiliates and predecessors, successors and assigns (collectively “Schwab” or the “Company”), on the other hand, dated as of the date both parties have executed the Agreement (the “Execution Date”) and effective upon the expiration of the Revocation Period described in Paragraph 26(g), below (“Effective Date”). Together, Mr. Atwell and the Company shall be referred to herein as “the Parties.”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Parties agree that Mr. Atwell stepped down from his positions as Executive Vice President and President - Individual Investor, on November 8, 2005 and the employment relationship will end as of December 31, 2005;

 

WHEREAS, the Parties now desire to definitively resolve, fully and finally, all differences, disputes and claims Mr. Atwell might have against the Company and anyone connected with it through and including the Execution Date, including, but not limited to, those arising out of or relating to Mr. Atwell’s employment relationship with Schwab and the termination thereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Mr. Atwell hereby agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

1. Separation from Positions. Mr. Atwell stepped down as a Schwab officer, from any and all Schwab directorships he holds, and from the Policy and Executive Committees effective November 8, 2005 and will be deemed to have retired on the last day of his employment as of December 31, 2005 (“Separation Date”). Mr. Atwell shall be treated as having retired on the Separation Date for purposes of vesting of his long-term awards, as set forth below, and for no other purpose, including the time period to exercise vested stock options. Mr. Atwell acknowledges and agrees that with the exception of his accrued vacation and paychecks for the period November 16 through December 31, 2005, he has received all wages due to him for services rendered as a result of his employment with the Company up to and including December 31, 2005. Mr. Atwell’s allowance and related tax reimbursement for travel and related expenses between his residences on the East Coast and various Schwab business locations shall terminate as of December 1, 2005.


2. Consideration. Subject to and upon satisfaction by Mr. Atwell of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Schwab agrees to provide Mr. Atwell the following consideration:

 

  (i) a lump sum payment in the amount of nine hundred seventy-five thousand dollars and no cents ($975,000.00), less usual and customary taxes, withholding, and authorized deductions, payable within the next payroll cycle following the Effective Date;

 

  (ii) Schwab will cause to be fully vested and, in the case of stock options, fully exercisable as of the Effective Date the following awards: (a) all restricted shares under the Restricted Shares Award Agreement dated February 25, 2003 and 51,000 restricted shares under the Restricted Shares Award Agreement dated July 22, 2003; (b) all stock options under the Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements dated February 27, 2002, July 16, 2002, November 8, 2002, and September 30, 2004; (c) all stock options under the Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated February 27, 2002; and (d) all units under the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) Award Agreements for the performance periods beginning on January 1, 2003 and July 1, 2004, and 230,000 units under the LTIP Award Agreement for the performance period beginning on July 1, 2005; provided, however, that such awards shall otherwise continue to be subject to the terms of the applicable plan and award agreement, except as provided in paragraph 6; and

 

  (iii) continued eligibility to participate in the Corporate Executive Bonus Plan for calendar year 2005 based on his target bonus percentage of 150% of base salary, actual corporate and enterprise performance for 2005, and the pre-approved corporate and enterprise performance matrices for 2005 under the Corporate Executive Bonus Plan, adjusted for all bonuses earned and paid during 2005, and payable at the time bonuses are paid under the terms of the Plan.

 

3. No Other Employee Benefits. Mr. Atwell is not eligible for any other benefits or payments not specifically provided for in this Agreement. Mr. Atwell will be offered group health continuation coverage under COBRA. Mr. Atwell will not be eligible to accrue vacation or floating holidays after December 31, 2005. Schwab will pay Mr. Atwell all accrued but unused vacation and floating holidays accrued through December 31, 2005 on the next regularly scheduled payday following the Separation Date.

 

4. Waiver of Benefits under The Charles Schwab Severance Pay Plan. Mr. Atwell acknowledges and agrees that the consideration described in Paragraph 2, above, is in lieu of and a substitute for any severance benefits he may have been eligible to receive under The Charles Schwab Severance Pay Plan or under any other severance or termination pay or benefits for which he may be eligible from the Company. Mr. Atwell expressly agrees that he waives any such rights or benefits in exchange for the rights and benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

2


5. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan. Mr. Atwell’s active participation in the SchwabPlan Retirement Savings and Investment Plan shall cease as of December 31, 2005. Mr. Atwell’s vested interest in any Company contributions (other than matching contributions under the Company’s 401(k) plan, which are automatically fully vested) will be determined based on his service through the Separation Date.

 

6. The Charles Schwab Corporation Stock Incentive Plans. Under the provisions of the Company’s stock incentive plans and applicable Stock Option Agreement(s), Mr. Atwell retains the right to exercise vested options for three (3) months after his Separation Date. In no event shall Mr. Atwell be deemed to have terminated on account of retirement for purposes of determining the period of time to exercise vested stock options after his Separation Date. Any stock options or restricted shares that are not vested as of his Separation Date or that do not vest under Paragraph 2, above, are immediately canceled. The applicable Stock Option or Restricted Share Agreement(s) and Plan documents govern the vesting of options and shares and exercising of stock options. Any LTIP units that are not vested as of Mr. Atwell’s Separation Date or that do not vest under Paragraph 2, above, are immediately forfeited. The LTIP Award Agreement and Plan document govern the vesting of LTIP units.

 

7. Tax Treatment. Mr. Atwell understands and agrees that Schwab is providing no tax or legal advice, and makes no representations regarding tax obligations or consequences, if any, related to any part of this Agreement, including any consequences that may result with respect to the modification of stock options pursuant to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Mr. Atwell further agrees that he will be responsible for his tax obligations or consequences that may arise from this Agreement, and he shall not seek any indemnification from Schwab in this regard. Mr. Atwell further agrees to indemnify and hold Schwab harmless from any claims, demands, deficiencies, levies, assessments, executions, judgments, penalties, taxes, attorneys’ fees or recoveries by any governmental entity against Schwab for any failure by Mr. Atwell to pay his taxes due and owing, if any, as a result of any payments under this Agreement. The Agreement is not intended to constitute a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event this Agreement or any benefit paid to Mr. Atwell hereunder is deemed to be subject to section 409A of the Code, Mr. Atwell consents to the Company adopting such conforming amendments as the Company deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to comply with section 409A of the Code, without reducing the amounts of any benefits due to Mr. Atwell hereunder.

 

8. Withholding Taxes for Restricted Shares. Mr. Atwell agrees to provide payment in cash or cash equivalents to enable Schwab to satisfy all withholding requirements by reason of the vesting of restricted shares pursuant to Paragraph 2(ii)(a). Mr. Atwell understands that no shares will be issued to him pursuant to Paragraph 2(ii)(a) until such obligation is satisfied.

 

3


9. No Filings. Mr. Atwell represents that as of the Execution Date, he has not filed any lawsuit, claim, charge, or complaint against Schwab or any other Releasee identified in Paragraph 11 below, with any local, state, or federal agency or court or self-regulatory organization (“SRO”), and that he will not make such a filing at any time hereafter based upon any events or omissions occurring prior to and up to the Execution Date. In the event that any agency or court assumes jurisdiction of any lawsuit, claim, charge or complaint, or purports to bring any legal or regulatory proceedings against Schwab or any other Releasee identified in Paragraph 11 below on Mr. Atwell’s behalf, he promptly will request that the agency, court, or SRO, withdraw from or dismiss the lawsuit, claim, charge, or complaint with prejudice.

 

10. Covenant Not to Sue. Mr. Atwell covenants that he will not file, participate in, or instigate the filing of any lawsuits, claims, charges, or complaints by himself or by any other person or party in any local, state or federal agency or court or SRO, except as required by law, claiming that Schwab or any other Releasee identified in Paragraph 11 below has violated any law or obligation based upon events or omissions occurring prior to and including the Effective Date of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to preclude Mr. Atwell from timely filing a complaint with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunities Commission (“EEOC”) or assisting any investigation conducted by the EEOC to the extent that such rights are not subject to waiver. In the event Mr. Atwell breaches the covenant contained in this Paragraph 10, Mr. Atwell agrees that he will indemnify Schwab and any other Releasee identified in Paragraph 11 below for all damages, fees, costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred by Schwab or any other Releasee identified in Paragraph 11 below, in defending, participating in, or investigating any matter or proceeding covered by this Paragraph 10. Furthermore, Mr. Atwell gives up all rights to individual damages in connection with any administrative or court proceeding with respect to his employment with or termination of employment from Schwab. If Mr. Atwell is awarded money damages, he agrees to assign to Schwab his right and interest to such money damages.

 

11. Complete Release by Mr. Atwell. Mr. Atwell – for himself and for his heirs, representatives, attorneys, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns – releases Schwab, and all of its affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, parent corporations, and stockholders, officers, directors, partners, servants, agents, employees, representatives, attorneys, employee welfare and retirement plans and the respective plan administrators and fiduciaries, past, present, and future, all persons acting under, by, through, or in concert with any of them, and each of them (all of whom are hereinafter referred to as “Releasees”), from any and all actions, causes of action, grievances, obligations, costs, expenses, damages, losses, claims, liabilities, suits, debts, demands, and benefits (including attorneys’ fees and costs actually incurred), of whatever character, in law or in equity, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, matured or unmatured, of any kind or nature whatsoever, based on any act, omission, event, occurrence, or nonoccurrence from the beginning of time up to and including the Execution Date of this Agreement, including but not limited to any claims or causes of action arising out of or in any way relating to Mr. Atwell’s employment relationship with Schwab or any other Releasee.

 

4


This release of claims includes, but is not limited to, claims for breach of any implied or express contract or covenant; claims for promissory estoppel; claims of entitlement to any pay (other than the payments promised in Paragraph 2); claims of wrongful denial of insurance and employee benefits, or any claims for wrongful termination, public policy violations, defamation, invasion of privacy, fraud, misrepresentation, unfair business practices, emotional distress or other common law or tort matters; claims of harassment, retaliation or discrimination under federal, state, or local law; claims based on any federal, state or other governmental statute, regulation or ordinance, including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Worker Benefit Protection Act, the Labor Management Relations Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the New York Human Rights Law, the New York City Administrative Code, the New York Labor Law, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, the California Government Code, and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; and claims under the state or federal constitution. It is expressly understood by Mr. Atwell that among the various rights and claims being waived by Mr. Atwell in this Agreement are those for age discrimination arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (29 U.S.C. sec. 621, et seq.), as amended. Specifically excluded from this paragraph are claims for reasonable and necessary expenses (including legal/tax accounting expenses for re-filing tax returns and any penalties imposed by federal or state taxing authorities) arising out of the reclassification of certain expenses in 2003 and 2004 for travel between Mr. Atwell’s residences on the East Coast and Schwab’s business locations (including travel on company aircraft), as personal, rather than business, expenses.

 

12. Release of Unknown Claims. In order to make this release effective as to unknown, unsuspected or concealed claims, Mr. Atwell expressly waives the benefits of Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which provides:

 

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

 

In making this waiver, Mr. Atwell acknowledges that he may hereafter discover facts in addition to or different from those which he now believes to be true with respect to the subject matter released herein, but agrees that he has taken that possibility into account in reaching this Agreement and that, notwithstanding the discovery or existence of any such additional or different facts, Mr. Atwell fully, finally, and forever settles and releases any and all such claims.

 

13. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties, and their heirs, representatives, executors, administrators, successors, insurers, and assigns, and shall inure to the administrators, predecessors, successors, and assignees of each of the Parties. In the event of Mr. Atwell’s death, the benefits payable to Mr. Atwell under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, successors, and assigns.

 

5


14. Indemnification. Nothing in this Agreement (including the release contained herein) shall be construed to limit Mr. Atwell’s right to indemnification or contribution pursuant to Delaware or California law or the Company’s bylaws arising from actions actually or allegedly taken in the scope of his employment with the Company.

 

15. No Attorney’s Fees and Costs. The Parties will bear their own respective costs and fees, including attorney’s fees incurred in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, except that Mr. Atwell will be reimbursed for his attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred in the negotiation and execution of this Agreement in an amount not to exceed $20,000.00, subject to review and approval by Jan Hier-King (or her designee) of all appropriately documented invoices for the claimed attorneys’ fees.

 

16. Non-Disparagement and Cooperation.

 

16.1 Non-Disparagement.

 

Mr. Atwell shall not make any oral or written statement which (a) is disparaging to the Company, or to the past or present directors, officers or employees of the Company, or any Releasee as defined above, or (b) is calculated to, or which foreseeably will, disrupt, disparage, damage, impair or otherwise interfere with the business or reputation of the Company, its past or present directors, officers or employees, or any Releasee as defined above, or (c) will disrupt, impair or otherwise interfere with the Company’s relationships with its employees, customers, agents, representatives or vendors (individually and collectively “disparaging statements”). Mr. Atwell also agrees that he will direct his immediate family members and representatives not to make any disparaging statements. Mr. Atwell further agrees to refrain from acting as a source (attributable or otherwise) or engaging in any formal or informal dialogue with the press or media regarding his experiences with or at Schwab that in any way injure or are detrimental to Schwab, or its past or present directors, officers or employees of the Company, or any Releasee as defined above, or regarding any information Mr. Atwell may have acquired (first hand or otherwise) concerning Schwab operations, marketing or advertising strategies or plans, financial performance, recruitment or retention strategies, or internal policies and procedures or any other Schwab information (including but not limited to Schwab services, products, or offerings referenced in this Agreement). Nothing herein shall preclude Mr. Atwell from cooperating with a governmental agency or SRO, in an investigation initiated by such agency, or testifying in a court of law if compelled by legal process to testify as a witness in a lawsuit in which Schwab or any Releasee is a defendant.

 

The current members of the CSC’s Board of Directors and each current member of the CSC’s Policy and Executive Committees will not make any oral or written

 

6


statement to the press or media or to any persons not employed by the Company that is disparaging to Mr. Atwell. Nothing herein shall preclude each current member of the CSC Board of Directors and each current Policy and Executive Committee member from making disclosures as are necessary to Schwab’s insurance carrier or cooperating with a governmental agency or SRO, in an investigation initiated by such agency, or testifying in a court of law if compelled by legal process to testify as a witness in a lawsuit.

 

16.2 Cooperation.

 

Mr. Atwell agrees not to encourage or assist in any litigation against Schwab or any Releasee or provide testimony in any matter in which Schwab or any Releasee has an interest unless he is required by law to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Mr. Atwell agrees to cooperate fully with any Releasee, and any corporate affiliate of any Releasee, specifically including any attorney retained by any of the Releasees, in connection with any pending or future matter (including but not limited to any audit, tax proceeding, litigation, external or internal investigation, or government proceeding) in which and to the extent Schwab reasonably deems his cooperation to be necessary. Mr. Atwell acknowledges and agrees that such cooperation may include, but shall in no way be limited to, Mr. Atwell being available for an interview with any of the Releasees, or any attorney or agent retained by any of the Releasees, providing to any of the Releasees any documents in his possession or under his control relating to the matter, and providing truthful sworn statements in connection with the matter. Mr. Atwell agrees to appear and give truthful testimony as a witness in any judicial, administrative, quasi-governmental, or investigatory proceeding as requested by Schwab. He also agrees, upon request by Schwab, to provide information to Schwab that he learned during the course of his employment relationship with Schwab. If Mr. Atwell is served with process concerning any matter in which Schwab or any Releasee has an interest, he agrees to immediately notify Schwab. Mr. Atwell further agrees to travel, if necessary, to give testimony in any regulatory proceeding, arbitration, or litigation. Schwab will reimburse Mr. Atwell for reasonable travel expenses in accordance with the travel policies then in effect for Schwab’s Executive Committee members. This reimbursement is for Mr. Atwell’s convenience. Schwab confirms its expectation that Mr. Atwell will provide truthful information in accordance with this paragraph.

 

17. Confidential Information. Mr. Atwell acknowledges that by reason of his employment as Executive Vice President and President with Schwab and his participation in the Policy and Executive Committees of the Company, he had access to and did receive knowledge of Schwab’s trade secrets and proprietary and confidential information (“Confidential Information”). Mr. Atwell understands that Confidential Information may be in any form, and includes all copies, reproductions, summaries, analyses, or extracts thereof, based thereon or derived therefrom, and which is the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Mr. Atwell acknowledges and affirms his obligations to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information and not to use it or to disclose it to any third party in the future. Mr. Atwell understands and agrees that the term “Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to, customer identity, customer account, information related to the assets and obligations carried in an account

 

7


by any Company customer, personal or business information, customer lists, lead information, employee information (employment, personal, financial or account information), employee lists, know-how, previous, current or contemplated products and services, computer hardware or software configuration or design, research and development, computer passwords, training materials, policies and procedures, research projects, product designs, plans and/or methods (whether currently in use or in development), source codes, future developments, trade and sales information and data, pricing, financial models or formulae, business plans, financial and business forecasts and estimates, account valuation, information about costs and profits, pricing and pricing structure, information concerning the Company’s or any customer’s business or financial affairs, including its financial books and records, commitments, procedures, plans and prospects, financial products developed by it, its securities positions, trading strategies, and current or prospective transactions or business, and “inside information,” technical, marketing, business, financial, or other information that constitute trade secret information, or information not available to competitors of the Company, the use or disclosure of which might reasonably be construed to be contrary to the interests of the Company. Mr. Atwell also agrees that Confidential Information is a valuable and unique asset that Schwab actively protects and that unauthorized use and/or disclosure of Confidential Information could cause immediate and irreparable harm to Schwab. Notwithstanding the definition above, Confidential Information shall not include any information that is in its protected form (i) in the public domain through no fault of an employee of the Company or otherwise, (ii) readily and accurately discernable from publicly-available products, literature or other information, or (iii) approved for disclosure by prior written permission of any authorized executive officer of Schwab specifically designated by Schwab to give such authorization (“Authorized Officer”). Mr. Atwell further agrees that he will not, at any time, assert any claim, ownership or other property interest in any Confidential Information and will not, for any purpose, directly or indirectly, disclose, reproduce, use, or disseminate in any manner, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person, company or entity, any Confidential Information, unless he has received advance written consent from an Authorized Officer or he is legally compelled (by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information; provided, however, prior to disclosing such Confidential Information, Mr. Atwell shall give prompt prior written notice of such requirement so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

18. Non-Solicitation of Employees. Mr. Atwell acknowledges that any attempt on his part to induce any employee, consultant or contractor to leave his/her assignment or employment with Schwab or any Schwab entity (including U.S. Trust), or any other effort by Mr. Atwell to interfere in those relationships will be harmful and damaging to Schwab. Therefore, for a period of eighteen (18) months from the Separation Date, Mr. Atwell will not, at any time up to and including June 30, 2007, in any way (directly or indirectly), on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity solicit or attempt to solicit or induce (which shall include, but is not limited to, contact or communication in any manner for the purpose of soliciting or inducing) any employee, vendor, consultant, contingent worker, or independent contractor of, or

 

8


consultant to Schwab to leave his or her employment or assignment. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to prevent Mr. Atwell from discussing possible employment or assignments with any employee, vendor, consultant, contingent worker, or independent contractor who contacts him directly of his or her own volition without Mr. Atwell’s solicitation or attempted solicitation of him or her.

 

19. Non-Solicitation of Customers. Mr. Atwell acknowledges that his positions as Executive Vice President and President, and his position on the Policy and Executive Committee have been special, unique, and intellectual in character, have placed him in a position of particular confidence and trust with Company customers, and have given him unique access to confidential and proprietary information concerning, among other things, Schwab’s business and customers. Accordingly, for a period of eighteen (18) months from the Separation Date, Mr. Atwell will not, at any time up to and including June 30, 2007, directly or indirectly, either for himself or for any other person or entity, (i) make known to any person, firm, or corporation the names or addresses of or any information pertaining to the Company’s customers (including any person or entity who during the twelve (12) months prior to such time was a customer of any Schwab affiliate or subsidiary), (ii) solicit or attempt to solicit (which shall include, but is not limited to, contact or communication in any manner for the purpose of soliciting or inducing) any of the Company’s customers in an attempt to divert, transfer, or otherwise take away business or prospective business from Schwab, including without limitation those on whom he called or whom he solicited or with whom he became acquainted while engaged as an employee with the Company, or (iii) sell or offer to sell any security, retirement, insurance or annuity product or related service to any customer or prospective customer of Schwab that he solicited or attempted to solicit in breach of his obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, Mr. Atwell will not be in violation of this paragraph in the event that customers of the Company directly approach Mr. Atwell to do business with him, without him having solicited or attempted to solicit them, directly or indirectly. Nothing in this paragraph limits Mr. Atwell’s absolute obligation under paragraph 17 to never use Confidential Information for any purpose at any time after his Separation Date.

 

20. Injunctive Relief. Mr. Atwell acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions applicable to him that are contained in Paragraphs 16, 17, 18, and 19 are material inducements to the Company’s willingness to enter into this Agreement and necessary to protect the good will, trade secrets, and confidential and proprietary information of the Company. Mr. Atwell further acknowledges that the restrictions contained in these Paragraphs are reasonable in scope and duration, will not prevent him from earning a livelihood during the applicable period of restriction, are necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company, and that any breach by Mr. Atwell of any provision contained in Paragraphs 16, 17, 18, and 19 will result in immediate irreparable injury to the Company for which a remedy at law will be inadequate. Accordingly, Mr. Atwell acknowledges that the Company shall be entitled to seek permanent injunctive relief against him in the event of any breach or threatened breach by Mr. Atwell of the provisions of Paragraphs 16, 17, 18, or 19 in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company, whether at law or in equity. In any such proceeding,

 

9


Mr. Atwell waives any defense that the Company has an adequate remedy at law or that the injury suffered as a consequence of the breach is not irreparable. Mr. Atwell consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state courts of or federal courts in California in any proceeding to enforce Paragraphs 16, 17, 18, or 19 and agrees not to interpose any objection or defense based on lack of personal jurisdiction or improper venue in any such proceeding.

 

21. Breach of Agreement. Mr. Atwell agrees that should he undertake any activities in violation of Paragraphs 16, 17, 18, or 19, all cash payments conferred under this Agreement (with the exception of unused vacation and floating holidays) shall cease and the Company shall be entitled to reimbursement by Mr. Atwell in full for any such payments already made pursuant to Paragraph 2(i) and (iii); provided however, that such breach by Mr. Atwell and/or cessation of payments by the Company will not affect the validity or enforceability of the Parties’ other commitments under this Agreement (including but not limited to Mr. Atwell’s general release and waiver of claims contained herein).

 

22. Return of Confidential and Proprietary Information. Mr. Atwell acknowledges that he has made arrangements to return or has returned to Schwab any and all property, files, materials, records, manuals, written communications, or other items (including hard copy and electronic documents, disks, and files) that he received, obtained and/or created as part of his employment (excluding information Mr. Atwell received about insured benefits, welfare plans, stock option grants, restricted share awards, LTIP award agreements (including the plans under which those awards are granted), SchwabPlan Retirement Savings and Investment Plan, payroll information regarding Mr. Atwell, and letters of commendation or special awards) or that are in his possession or control belonging to Schwab or any of the Releasees, including but not limited to company sponsored credit cards or calling cards, pagers, computer software or hardware, keys, and identity badges. Mr. Atwell agrees that in the event he later locates any such document, he will return it to Schwab immediately. The Parties agree to mutually cooperate in the Company’s retention and protection of any material that may be necessary in the event of future circumstances that require reference to such materials.

 

23. Credit Balances. Mr. Atwell acknowledges that he has no unpaid, outstanding balance due on any corporate business credit card. Mr. Atwell agrees that if there is an unpaid balance due on any such card, he will submit all documentation for reimbursement of any appropriate business-related expense in a timely manner and will agree to pay any personal expense immediately.

 

24. Company Policies. Mr. Atwell confirms that, as of the Effective Date of this Agreement, to the best of his knowledge, there is no commission or omission of any act by any employee or agent of the Company that constitutes, or might reasonably constitute, a violation of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Compliance Manual, or the Company’s legal obligations of which he is aware (or reasonably should have been aware), that has not already been brought to the Company’s attention or that Mr. Atwell can reasonably expect to have been brought to the

 

10


Company’s attention. Mr. Atwell agrees that he will as promptly as reasonably possible notify the Company of any such acts or omissions to act that occurred during and relating to Mr. Atwell’s employment with the Company and or come to his attention after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

25. Corporate Approvals. The Parties acknowledge that the execution of this Agreement and the payment of consideration hereunder are subject to review and approval by the Compensation Committee of the CSC’s Board of Directors.

 

26. Agreement is Knowing and Voluntary. Mr. Atwell understands and agrees that he:

 

  a. has had 21 days within which to consider this Agreement before executing it;

 

  b. has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  c. is, through this Agreement, releasing Schwab and the other Releasees from any and all claims he may have against Schwab and the other Releasees, as stated herein, that have arisen up to the date of execution of this Agreement;

 

  d. knowingly and voluntarily agrees to all of the terms set forth in this Agreement;

 

  e. knowingly and voluntarily intends to be legally bound by the same;

 

  f. was advised, and hereby is advised in writing, to consider the terms of this Agreement and consult with an attorney of his choice prior to executing this Agreement; and

 

  g. has seven (7) days after signing this Agreement to revoke it; the Agreement will not become effective or enforceable until the seven-day revocation period has passed. Revocation can be made by delivering written notice of revocation to Jan Hier-King, EVP Human Resources, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., 101 Montgomery Street, SF120KNY-28-309, San Francisco, CA 94104. For this revocation to be effective, written notice must be received by Jan Hier-King no later than the close of business on the seventh (7th) calendar day after Mr. Atwell signs this Agreement. If Mr. Atwell revokes this Agreement, it shall not be effective or enforceable and Mr. Atwell will not receive the benefits provided herein.

 

27. Employee Representations. Mr. Atwell represents that he has no pending claim for any work-related injury, and that he is not aware of any existing injury that would give rise to such a claim, whether under applicable worker’s compensation laws or otherwise.

 

11


28. Full and Independent Knowledge. The Parties represent that they have discussed thoroughly all aspects of this Agreement with their respective attorneys, fully understand all of the provisions of the Agreement, and are voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

29. No Representations. The Parties acknowledge that, except as expressly set forth herein, no representations of any kind or character have been made to induce the execution of this Agreement.

 

30. Ownership of Claims. Mr. Atwell represents that he has not transferred or assigned, or purported to transfer or assign, any claim released by this Agreement. Mr. Atwell further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each and all of the Releasees against any and all claims based upon, arising out of, or in any way connected with any such actual or purported transfer or assignment.

 

31. Non-Admission of Liability. Neither Party, by entering into and fulfilling this Agreement, admits to any wrongdoing or liability and each Party denies all allegations of wrongdoing.

 

32. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the State of California.

 

33. Arbitration. Except with respect to judicial injunctive relief as provided in Paragraph 20 above, any dispute or breach arising out of or in any way related to Mr. Atwell’s employment, separation of employment, or the interpretation or performance of this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration before a single arbitrator in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in San Francisco, California, to be administered by the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. With the exception of initial forum fees, the Company shall bear all costs imposed by the American Arbitration Association to administer the arbitration including arbitrator’s fees. The parties shall be allowed to conduct such discovery as permitted by the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association or by the arbitrator. At the conclusion of arbitration, the arbitrator shall issue an award in writing setting forth the basis for the award. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive, and the Parties waive the right to trial de novo or appeal. Further, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs and attorney’s fees. Excepted from this Paragraph is a complaint with the EEOC, including a challenge to the validity of this Agreement under the law, to the extent such an exception is required by law. Claims for unemployment insurance benefits, workers’ compensation insurance benefits, and benefits under any ERISA-governed employee benefit plan(s) shall be resolved pursuant to the claims procedures under such benefit plans.

 

12


34. Waiver. The failure of any Party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver thereof or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.

 

35. Licenses. Within thirty (30) days of Mr. Atwell’s Separation Date, a Form U-5 will be filed with the Central Registration Depository terminating his registration.

 

36. Miscellaneous.

 

a. The language of all parts in this Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either party.

 

b. Should any provision in this Agreement be declared or determined to be illegal or invalid, the validity of the remaining parts, terms, or provisions shall not be affected thereby, and the illegal or invalid part, term, or provision shall be deemed not to be part of this Agreement, and all remaining provisions shall remain valid and enforceable.

 

c. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the Parties and fully supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings, written or otherwise, between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

d. The headings used herein are for reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

 

37. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, by facsimile or original signature, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

38. Notification. Notice to be given under this Agreement to Schwab shall be to Jan Hier-King, EVP Human Resources, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., 101 Montgomery Street, SF 120KNY-28-309, San Francisco, CA 94104 and to Mr. Atwell at 18 Windemere Place, Kennebunkport, Maine 04046.

 

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY. THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES THE RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS.

 

13


 

WILLIAM L. ATWELL  

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC.

/s/ William L. Atwell


  By:  

Jan Hier-King


    Its:   EVP
Date: 11/25/05   Date:   11/29/2005

 

14

EX-10.284 4 dex10284.htm CHARLES SCHWAB SEVERENCE PAY PLAN Charles Schwab Severence Pay Plan

Exhibit 10.284

 


 

THE CHARLES SCHWAB

 

SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

 

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006)

 

(Includes Amendment Numbers 1 and 2)

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 - PURPOSE OF PLAN    1
ARTICLE 2 - DEFINITIONS    1
ARTICLE 3 – PARTICIPATION    7
    3.1.    Commencement of Participation    7
    3.2    Termination of Participation    7
ARTICLE 4 - EFFECT ON OTHER BENEFITS    7
    4.1.    Eligibility for Benefits    7
    4.2    Paid Time Off Benefits    7
ARTICLE 5 - NOTICE PERIOD    7
    5.1    Notice Period.    7
    5.2    Participants Requested to Work During Notice Period.    7
    5.3    Acceleration of Termination Date.    8
ARTICLE 6 - BENEFITS    8
    6.1    Non-Officers Severance Pay.    9
    6.2    Officer Severance Pay    10
    6.3    Group Health Plan Coverage Payment and Long-Term Awards    10
    6.4    Additional Provisions Related to Severance Benefits.    11
ARTICLE 7 - FUNDING    13
ARTICLE 8 - ADMINISTRATION    13
    8.1    Administrator’s Authority.    13
    8.2    Claims for Benefits    14
    8.3    Indemnification    14
ARTICLE 9 - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION    14
ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS    15
ARTICLE 11 - EXECUTION    15
APPENDIX A    A-1

 

i.


ARTICLE 1 - PURPOSE OF PLAN

 

The purpose of this Plan is to set forth the terms and conditions under which severance pay and other severance benefits will be provided to employees of the Company. This Plan is intended to constitute an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of section 3(1) of ERISA, and is intended to memorialize the provisions of the Company’s severance pay program.

 

The effective date of this restatement is January 1, 2006. The rights of any person whose Notice Period Start Date is prior to the Restated Effective Date shall be determined solely under the terms of the Plan provisions as in effect on such date, unless such person is thereafter reemployed and again becomes a Participant. The rights of any other person shall be determined solely under the terms of this restated Plan, except as may be otherwise required by law.

 

This Plan is not intended to constitute a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In the event that that any benefit hereunder is deemed by the Administrator to be subject to section 409A of the Code, the Administrator may modify such benefit as it deems necessary to comply with, or to qualify for an exemption from, Code section 409A.

 

ARTICLE 2 - DEFINITIONS

 

A. “Administrator” means Schwab or such person or committee as may be appointed from time to time by Schwab to supervise the administration of the Plan.

 

B. “Affiliate” means any company which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Code) or a group of trades or businesses under common control (within the meaning of section 414(c) of the Code) that includes the Company.

 

C. “Base Salary” means the Participant’s annual “pay rate” maintained under the authoritative system of record used to produce the Participant’s regular semi-monthly pay. Base Salary shall be determined as of the Participant’s Notice Period Start Date. Unless included by the Company in a Participant’s “pay rate,” Base Salary shall exclude all other earnings or paid amounts such as bonuses, overtime, commissions, all differentials, variable pay, incentive pay, the value of employee benefits and any other amounts that are treated as “other earnings” under the Company’s payroll system. In the case of an Eligible Employee who is classified by the Administrator as a branch manager or a financial consultant of a retail, national or satellite branch, the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, that such individual’s Base Salary, for purposes of calculating Severance Benefits, shall be supplemented with the amount that the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, to be the Participant’s “practice service” payment in effect as of the Participant’s Notice Period Start Date and as annualized by the Plan Administrator. In the case of an Eligible Employee

 

1


who is classified by the Administrator as a regional branch executive, the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, that such individual’s Base Salary, for purposes of calculating Severance Benefits, shall be supplemented with 50% of the amount that the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, to be the Participant’s “regional revenue” payment in effect as of the Participant’s Notice Period Start Date and as annualized by the Plan Administrator. The Administrator shall have sole discretionary authority to determine a Participant’s Base Salary for all purposes, and the Administrator’s discretionary determinations shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

D. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

E. “Company” means The Charles Schwab Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and (unless the context requires otherwise) any Participating Company.

 

F. “Comparable Position” means a position that is comparable, as determined by the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion taking into account such factors as it deems appropriate including without limitation the similarity of duties and salary and any increase in the commuting distance to the individual’s principal place of employment.

 

G. “Corporate Transaction” means a merger, acquisition, spin-off, stock sale, sale of assets or portions of a business, outsourcing of all or any portion of a business or any other similar corporate transaction.

 

H. “Eligible Employee” means an individual classified by the Administrator as a Regular Employee who has incurred a Job Elimination. The term “Eligible Employee” shall not include (i) individuals employed pursuant to the terms of a collective bargaining agreement between the Company or an Affiliate and a bargaining unit representing such individuals; (ii) an employee who is on an unpaid leave of absence and has no right to reinstatement under applicable law upon completion of the leave; and (iii) any individual who the Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines to be covered by a Guaranteed Payments Arrangement or any arrangement that, by its terms, makes the individual ineligible for Plan benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that an individual who is a party to a Guaranteed Payments Arrangement is an Eligible Employee eligible to receive benefits under Section 6.4(g).

 

I. “Guaranteed Payments Arrangement” is any guarantee or agreement, offer letter, policy, arrangement or plan (regardless of whether it is written or oral) that provides for guaranteed payments of any nature, severance benefits of any kind, cash payments representing the value of stock options or restricted stock, and/or similar amounts.

 

J. “Job Elimination” means involuntary termination of employment solely on account of changes in the Company’s operations or organization that result in the elimination of the employee’s job, as determined by the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion taking into account such factors as it deems appropriate including without limitation (i) a

 

2


relocation or dissolution of a portion of the business of the Company; (ii) a withdrawal by the Company from a segment of a market served by the Company; (iii) the elimination of one or more Company product lines; (iv) an elimination, reduction, or change in the Company’s need for one or more specialized skills provided by the employee; (v) an organizational change in the Company, including without limitation a business redesign, reorganization or consolidation; (vi) a significant change in the Company’s systems or technology; and (vii) a reduction in the Company’s staffing levels. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Job Elimination shall not result (A) from retirement, death or voluntary resignation (whether or not in response to changes in the Company’s operations or organization or in an individual’s title, duties, responsibilities, compensation or benefits) prior to Notice of Eligibility; (B) if the Company or any successor employer or successor organization offers the employee a Comparable Position; (C) from termination prior to or after Notice of Eligibility on account of unsatisfactory performance, failure of a condition of employment, breach of any agreement to which the employee and the Company are parties, or violation of any law, regulation, or Company policy (including but not limited to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Compliance Manual, and HR Policies); (D) where, in connection with a Corporate Transaction, an employee is employed in the same or a substantially similar position at the closing of the Corporate Transaction or the employee is offered a Comparable Position; (E) from the employee’s failure to return to work within the time required following an approved leave of absence; (F) from a change in employment that results from a natural disaster, unforeseeable governmental action, act of war, or other similar unanticipated business disaster; (G) from a transfer of employment among the Company and any of its Affiliates; (H) where, in connection with the outsourcing of all or any a portion of a business, the employee is offered a position by the successor organization at substantially the same salary level and commuting distance to the employee’s principal place of employment; and (I) from the Company’s modification or termination of any telecommuting arrangement.

 

K. “Long-Term Award” means a long-term award outstanding as of the Participant’s Termination Date and granted under the plan of a Participating Company that provides for long-term or stock-based awards.

 

L. “Non-Officer” means an Eligible Employee who is not an Officer.

 

M. “Notice of Eligibility” means a written or electronic notice, in a form approved by the Administrator, provided to an Eligible Employee that there will be a Job Elimination and that he or she is eligible for Severance Benefits under the Plan.

 

N. “Notice Period” means a sixty (60) calendar day period commencing on the date specified in the Notice of Eligibility. Except as provided in Section 5.2, Participants are relieved from job responsibilities during the Notice Period and generally are not required to report to work. Also during the Notice Period, all Compliance, Human Resources and Information Security policies and procedures that applied to Participants before receiving Notice of Eligibility continue in full force and effect and Participants remain subject to those

 

3


policies and procedures. Participants will continue to receive Base Salary and to participate in certain employee benefits. Except as otherwise provided under the applicable bonus or incentive plan, Participants shall not be eligible for bonuses and other incentive pay during the Notice Period. In all cases, non-production-based bonuses will be pro-rated to reflect the Participant’s service prior to the Notice Period Start Date and will be subject to discretionary adjustments by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

O. “Notice Period Start Date” means the first day of the Notice Period.

 

P. “Officer” means an Eligible Employee who is classified by the Company as an “officer” based on job grade, designation and such other factors the Company deems relevant.

 

Q. “Participant” means any person who is participating in the Plan as provided in Article 3.

 

R. “Participating Company” means the Company and any Affiliate that participates in the Plan (as determined by the Company or Schwab in its sole discretion). A current list of Participating Companies is set forth in Appendix A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participating Company ceases to be an Affiliate by reason of a Corporate Transaction, then such entity shall cease to be a Participating Company upon the closing of such Corporate Transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no benefits shall be payable under the Plan on account of any employment termination (actual or constructive) that occurs on or after the closing of such Corporate Transaction in which such entity ceases to be a Participating Company.

 

S. “Plan” means The Charles Schwab Severance Pay Plan.

 

T. “Regular Employee” means an individual who (i) is directly employed and paid by the Company and on whose behalf the Company withholds income tax from his or her compensation; (ii) has regular full-time or part-time employment with the Company; and (iii) is considered and classified by the Company as a “regular employee.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Regular Employee” shall not include any of the following:

 

(A) a temporary employee, intern, co-op or floater;

 

(B) an agency temporary or leased employee;

 

(C) an employee on an unpaid leave of absence who does not have a job guarantee upon completion of the leave;

 

(D) an individual who is not directly paid by the Company through its payroll system (without regard to his or her common law employment status);

 

(E) consultants, contingent workers, independent contractors, persons who have

 

4


signed independent contractor, consultant or vendor agreement(s) or provide services to the Company pursuant to an independent contractor, consultant or vendor agreement, or pursuant to an agreement with any third party, irrespective of whether any such individuals are determined by any third party (including without limitation any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory agency) to constitute an employee of the Company or any Affiliate (including but not limited to, a common law employee, a joint employee or a leased employee); and

 

(F) persons (including but not limited to those identified in subparagraphs (A) through (E)) not otherwise considered by the Company to be a Regular Employee, irrespective of whether any such individuals are deemed by a court, arbitrator or government agency or other third party to be an employee of the Company or any Affiliate (including but not limited to, a common law employee, a joint employee or a leased employee).

 

If, during any period, the Company has not treated an individual as a common law employee and, for that reason, has not withheld income and employment taxes with respect to that individual, then that individual shall not be a Regular Employee for that period, even if the individual is determined, retroactively, to have been a common law employee during all or any portion of that period by the Internal Revenue Service or other third party or pursuant to a court decree, judgment or settlement in a judicial proceeding or otherwise.

 

U. “Restated Effective Date” means January 1, 2006.

 

V. “Return Date” means the date specified in the Participant’s Notice of Eligibility by which the Participant must sign and return a Severance Agreement.

 

W. “Revocation Period” means the seven calendar day (or other longer legally required calendar day) period immediately following the date the Participant signs the Severance Agreement during which a Participant who is either: (i) at least forty (40) years old; or (ii) is under forty (40) years old and is employed in a state that requires a specific Revocation Period, may revoke his or her signed Severance Agreement. To be effective, a written request to revoke must be received by the Administrator (as defined by applicable law) no later than 5:00 p.m. PST on the seventh calendar day (or other longer period required by law) from the date the Participant signed the Severance Agreement or, if mailed, be postmarked no later than the seventh calendar day (or other longer period required by law) from the date the Participant signed the Severance Agreement.

 

X. “Schwab” means Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., a California corporation.

 

Y. “Severance Agreement” means a written agreement in a form satisfactory to the Administrator in exchange for payment of Severance Benefits as provided in Article 6. In the sole discretion of the Administrator, such agreement may include without limitation, but is not limited to, provisions relating to (i) non-disparagement and non-disclosure; (ii) non-solicitation of customers, clients and employees; (iii) use of confidential and proprietary

 

5


information; (iv) return of company property; (v) cooperation with investigations, arbitrations, and litigation; (vi) release and waiver of all legal claims; and (vii) authorized deductions (if any). To be effective, a Severance Agreement must be signed and returned by the Return Date (and not revoked during any applicable Revocation Period). Severance Agreements are not required to be identical among Participants.

 

Z. “Severance Benefits” means all payments and benefits provided for in this Plan, including but not limited to all salary and benefits for periods during which a Participant remains an employee after being provided a Notice of Eligibility (such as the Notice Period), all forms of compensation and/or benefits of any kind for or in connection with such periods, and all other amounts paid or payable to Participants in accordance with the Plan. The Severance Benefits a Participant may be eligible for are gross amounts from which applicable taxes, withholding and appropriate deductions will be taken, including but not limited to, deduction of any outstanding amount owed to the Company by the Participant regardless of the reason for or source of the amount due. In order to receive Severance Benefits under Article 6, a Participant must timely sign and return (and not revoke, where a Revocation Period applies) a Severance Agreement. All Severance Benefits shall be applied toward satisfaction of the Company’s WARN obligations, if any, and shall constitute WARN notice and/or WARN benefits where WARN applies.

 

AA. “Severance Period” means the period of time determined by adding, to the Participant’s Termination Date, the number of months for which the Participant is eligible to receive severance pay under Section 6.2.

 

BB. “Termination Date” means the earlier of (i) last day that the Participant is employed by the Company; or (ii) day that the Participant’s Notice Period ends (as it may be accelerated under Article 5).

 

CC. “U.S. Trust” means U.S. Trust Corporation and each of its subsidiaries.

 

DD. “WARN” means the Federal Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act, as amended, and any applicable state plant or facility closing or mass layoff law. In the event WARN applies to a Participant, any Notice Period and/or Severance Period, and all compensation and all benefits of any kind due or paid with respect to either are also deemed to constitute WARN notice and/or WARN benefits, and will be applied toward satisfying the Company’s obligations under WARN.

 

EE. “Year of Service” means each 12-month period of service completed by a Participant while a Regular Employee including any service commencing on the Participant’s date of hire and ending on the Participant’s Notice Period Start Date and any service prior to a break in service for any reason other than Job Elimination. A Participant will receive credit for service with a predecessor employer that was acquired by the Company or an Affiliate if such service must be credited for purposes of an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of ERISA under the applicable purchase agreement. Except as provided in Section 6.4(a), a

 

6


Participant’s Years of Service shall exclude service previously used to determine a Participant’s severance benefits under this Plan, any predecessor plan or any other Affiliate-sponsored severance arrangement.

 

ARTICLE 3 – PARTICIPATION

 

3.1. Commencement of Participation. An Eligible Employee will become a Participant as of the date he or she is issued a Notice of Eligibility.

 

3.2 Termination of Participation. A Participant’s participation in the Plan shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the date when his or her entire Plan benefit has been paid; or (ii) the date that his or her participation ends under Section 5.3(b) or 6.4(b).

 

ARTICLE 4 - EFFECT ON OTHER BENEFITS

 

4.1. Eligibility for Benefits. A Participant’s eligibility for all employee benefits (including without limitation medical, dental and vision insurance) will cease in accordance with the terms of each respective plan no later than the last day of the month that includes the Termination Date except as may be otherwise required by applicable law.

 

4.2 Paid Time Off Benefits. A Participant will continue accruing paid time off benefits until the Termination Date. The rate of accrual during the Notice Period will be the same as the rate of accrual prior to the Participant’s Notice of Eligibility.

 

ARTICLE 5 - NOTICE PERIOD

 

5.1 Notice Period. Following an Eligible Employee’s Notice of Eligibility, the Participant will enter a Notice Period for a period of sixty (60) calendar days. Except as provided in Section 5.2, during the Notice Period Participants shall not be required to report to work but shall remain subject to the Company’s policies and procedures. If WARN is applicable to a Participant, the Notice Period and all compensation (including but not limited to salary/wages, benefits and benefit plan participation) attributable to the Notice Period shall constitute WARN notice and the payment of WARN benefits, respectively, and will be applied against any notice period or other payments that would otherwise be due to satisfy the Company’s obligations under WARN.

 

5.2 Participants Requested to Work During Notice Period. If a Participant is requested to work during the Notice Period, then the Participant will be entitled to Severance Benefits only if the Participant continues to perform his or her assigned duties and responsibilities to the satisfaction of the Company through the date established by the Company in its discretion.

 

7


5.3 Acceleration of Termination Date. The Termination Date, which is originally established as the end of the 60 day Notice Period, will be accelerated or otherwise changed if any of the following events occur:

 

(a) If, prior to the end of the Notice Period, a Participant resigns or otherwise obtains an external position or acts as an employee, consultant or independent contractor or as a sole proprietor of a business or acts as an officer, director, or partner in another public or privately held company. In that case, the Participant is required to notify the Administrator immediately, the end of the Notice Period and the Termination Date will be accelerated to coincide with the next day after the Participant resigned or otherwise obtained that position. The Participant will receive a payment reflecting the balance of the Base Salary attributable to the unused portion of the original Notice Period; however, no payment will be made for the value of bonuses, or other incentive compensation or the value of other employee benefits that might otherwise have been received if the Termination Date had not been accelerated. The Participant remains eligible to sign and return the applicable Severance Agreement by the Return Date in order to obtain additional Severance Benefits under Article 6.

 

(b) Except as provided in Section 5.2 as determined by the Administrator, if a Participant provides substantial services to the Company or any Affiliate as an employee (full-time, part-time or seasonal), consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any Affiliate within the Notice Period (without regard to whether the end of the Notice Period has been accelerated pursuant to Section 5.3(a)), his or her Termination Date under the Plan will be accelerated or cancelled (as appropriate), his or her participation will end, and the Participant will no longer be eligible to receive any Severance Benefits or any payment of any kind for compensation (including benefits) otherwise attributable to the unused portion of the Notice Period. If a Participant already received payment of lump sum severance pay under Section 6.1, 6.2 and/or 6.3 (as applicable), the Participant will be required, except as the Administrator otherwise determines in its sole discretion, to repay the lump sum severance pay, including the COBRA payment, in full, as a condition of employment or providing services. In addition, if a Participant already received a lump sum payment for the unused portion of the Notice Period under Section 5.3(a), the Participant is required, except as the Administrator otherwise determines in its sole discretion, to repay the amount by which this lump sum payment exceeds the amount the Participant would have received if the payment had been calculated based on the number of business days that actually elapsed between the beginning of the Notice Period and the date of his or her commencement of service, as a condition of employment or providing services.

 

ARTICLE 6 - BENEFITS

 

Upon being provided with a Notice of Eligibility, a Participant becomes eligible to receive the Severance Benefits described in Sections 6.1, 6.2, and 6.3 (as applicable) only if the Participant returns to the Administrator a signed Severance Agreement no later than the

 

8


Return Date. If a Revocation Period applies, a Participant’s eligibility to receive these Severance Benefits also is conditioned upon the Participant not revoking (or attempting to revoke) the Severance Agreement during the Revocation Period. Subject to those conditions and such other conditions set forth in this Plan, the Participant will be entitled to receive the benefits set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2, or 6.3 (as applicable).

 

6.1 Non-Officers Severance Pay.

 

(a) Schwab Non-Officers. A Non-Officer Participant employed by a Participating Company other than U.S. Trust as of his or her Notice of Eligibility will be eligible to receive a lump sum severance pay benefit equal to the greater of the amount determined under (i) or (ii) below:

 

(i) The amount of the Participant’s Base Salary that would have been payable for one-half month of active employment (i.e., 11 business days) multiplied by the Participant’s full Years of Service (but in no event to exceed the maximum amount equivalent to 220 business days of Base Salary). The Participant also will receive credit for a partial Year of Service (after aggregation of partial years), based on the following table:

 

Length of Partial Year


   Number of Business Days

Less than 3 months    3 days
At least 3 months but less than 6 months    6 days
At least 6 months but less than 9 months    9 days
At least 9 months but less than 12 months    11 days

 

or

 

(ii) The amount of the Participant’s Base Salary that would have been payable for the number of business days determined under the following table:

 

Base Salary


   Number of Business Days

$29,999 or less

   22 days

$30,000 to $39,999

   44 days

$40,000 to $54,999

   66 days

$55,000 to $74,999

   88 days

$75,000 and over

   110 days

 

The length of service formula under Section 6.1(a)(i) will be used in the event application of Section 6.1(a)(i) and 6.1(a)(ii) results in the same amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Severance Benefit that a Participant shall be eligible to receive under this Section 6.1(a) shall be no less than the amount of Base Salary that would have been payable to the Participant for 22 business days.

 

9


(b) U.S. Trust Non-Officers. A Non-Officer Participant employed by U.S. Trust as of his or her Notice of Eligibility will be eligible to receive a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to two (2) weeks of the Participant’s Base Salary, multiplied by the Participant’s full Years of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Severance Benefit that a Participant shall be eligible to receive under this Section 6.1(b) shall be no less than the amount of Base Salary that would have been payable to the Participant for two (2) weeks and shall be no greater than the amount of Base Salary that would have been payable to the Participant for thirteen (13) weeks.

 

6.2 Officer Severance Pay.

 

(a) Schwab Officers. An Officer Participant employed by a Participating Company other than U.S. Trust as of his or her Notice of Eligibility will be eligible to receive a lump sum severance pay benefit in an amount equal to the number of months determined under the table below, multiplied by one-twelfth (1/12) of the Participant’s Base Salary.

 

Years of Service


   Vice President

   Senior Vice President or
Executive Vice President


Less than 1 year

   5 months    8 months

At least 1 year but less than 2 years

   9 months    12 months

At least 2 years but less than 5 years

   11 months    14 months

5 years or more

   12 months    16 months

 

(b) U.S. Trust Officers. An Officer Participant employed by U.S. Trust as of his or her Notice of Eligibility will be eligible to receive a lump sum severance pay benefit in an amount equal to the number of months determined under the table below, multiplied by one-twelfth (1/12) of the Participant’s Base Salary.

 

Officer Title


   No. of Months

First Level Officer, Assistant Vice President or Vice President

   6 months

Senior Vice President, Managing Director or Executive Vice President

   12 months

 

6.3 Group Health Plan Coverage Payment and Long-Term Awards.

 

(a) A Participant who becomes entitled to receive Severance Benefits will be eligible to receive a single lump sum payment to cover a portion of the cost of group health plan coverage for the Participant and his or her enrolled spouse, domestic partner and dependents (“Dependents”). The amount of such payment shall be based on the period of time for which the Participant is eligible to receive severance pay and COBRA rates for group health plan coverage in effect for the Participant and his or her Dependents as of the Participant’s Notice of Eligibility, without regard to changes in COBRA rates or coverage after Notice of Eligibility.

 

10


(b) If an Officer Participant described in Section 6.2(a) or a Senior Vice President, Managing Director or Executive Vice President described in Section 6.2(b) becomes entitled to Severance Benefits, then:

 

(i) The portion of each of the Participant’s Long-Term Awards that would have vested if the Participant had remained employed during the Severance Period shall be vested as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant’s Termination Date, subject to subparagraph (iii) below; and

 

(ii) The determination of whether the Participant has satisfied the conditions of “retirement” under each Long-Term Award agreement (to the extent applicable) shall be made as of his or her Termination Date, without regard to the Participant’s Severance Period.

 

The Severance Period shall not modify or extend the exercise period of any Long-Term Award, and, except as set forth in Section 6.3(b)(i), the Plan shall not provide any benefit with respect to any Long-Term Award.

 

6.4 Additional Provisions Related to Severance Benefits.

 

(a) If a Participant receives severance benefits under this Plan, any predecessor plan or any other Affiliate-sponsored severance arrangement and if the Participant subsequently provides services to the Company or an Affiliate, then any Severance Benefits that may become payable to the Participant under this Plan following the date of recommencement of service shall be based solely on the Participant’s Years of Service following the date of such recommencement and, in the case of a Non-Officer Participant, shall be calculated without regard to Section 6.1(a)(ii); provided, however, the Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to suspend the application of this provision to a Participant who repaid more than 80% of his or her Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 5.3(b) or 6.4(d).

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) an employee or Participant whose employment with the Company (or an Affiliate) is terminated before or after receipt of Notice of Eligibility for any reason other than Job Elimination shall not be entitled to receive any Severance Benefits hereunder, (ii) a Participant shall lose eligibility to receive Severance Benefits if (A) after receipt of Notice of Eligibility, the employee fails to work satisfactorily at the request of the Company through the date it specifies; or (B) the Company becomes aware of circumstances which could or would have caused a Participant’s termination from employment including but not limited to misconduct or any violation of law, regulation or Company policy, and (iii) in the case of an Regular Employee who the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, is covered by a Guaranteed

 

11


Payments Arrangement, except as provided in Section 6.4(g), the calculation of any payment to such Regular Employee upon such termination or resignation shall be governed by the terms of such arrangement, and not by this Article 6.

 

(c) Lump sum benefits payable pursuant to Section 6.1, 6.2 or 6.3(a) shall be paid during the next payroll processing cycle that follows the later of (i) the date the Severance Agreement is received, assuming it is signed and returned to the Administrator in the required time and is not revoked in accordance with any applicable Revocation Period; or (ii) the Termination Date, as it may be accelerated under Article 5 or 6.

 

(d) If a Participant receives payment of any or all of his or her Severance Benefit under Section 6.1, 6.2 and/or 6.3 and after his Termination Date subsequently provides substantial services to the Company or any Affiliate as an employee, consultant or independent contractor (other than pursuant to a Corporate Transaction), the Participant will be required, except as the Administrator otherwise determines in its sole discretion, as a condition of reemployment or otherwise providing services, to repay the amount (if any) by which the lump sum payment (including COBRA payments) exceeds the amount the Participant would have received if such payment had been calculated based on the number of business days that have actually elapsed between the Termination Date and the date that the Participant started to provide such services. The repayment obligation is applicable regardless of whether the Participant’s severance pay was paid under Section 6.1, 6.2 and/or 6.3(a); provided, however, the repayment obligation shall not apply to benefits provided under Section 6.3(b). Repayment of a pro rata share of severance benefits does not affect the validity of the Severance Agreement.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, in the event WARN is applicable to a Participant: (i) any Notice Period and/or Severance Benefits paid or payable to the Participant will be deemed to constitute and shall be attributed to WARN notice and/or WARN benefits; (ii) all Severance Benefits under this Plan will be reduced and/or offset by any notice, payments or benefits to which the Participant may be entitled under WARN; and (iii) all Severance Benefits under this Plan will be reduced and/or offset by any amount of paid days and/or paid benefits in lieu of notice the Participant is given or is required to be given by the Company to satisfy its obligations under WARN. A Severance Agreement is not required for receipt of WARN benefits.

 

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may revoke a Participant’s Severance Agreement during any applicable Revocation Period.

 

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, that an individual is a party to a Guaranteed Payments Arrangement and that such individual would otherwise be entitled to a benefit under Section 6.1 or 6.2 and/or 6.3, then the Administrator may determine, in its sole

 

12


discretion, that such individual shall be eligible to receive a cash severance benefit (instead, and in lieu, of any and all payments under such Guaranteed Payments Arrangement) equal to the greater of either (i) the amount that the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, to be the amount of the Participant’s payments under the Guaranteed Payments Arrangement; or (ii) the total amount of the cash severance payments to which the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, the Participant otherwise would have been entitled under Section 6.1, 6.2 and/or 6.3. Payment of such cash severance benefit shall be deemed to be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan relating to the payment of benefits under Article 6, as construed by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE 7 - FUNDING

 

The amount required to be paid as Severance Benefit under this Plan shall be paid from the general assets of the Company at the time such Severance Benefits are to be paid.

 

ARTICLE 8 - ADMINISTRATION

 

8.1 Administrator’s Authority. The administration of the Plan shall be under the supervision of the Administrator. It shall be the responsibility of the Administrator to assure that the Plan is carried out in accordance with its terms. The Administrator shall have full power and sole discretionary authority to administer, interpret and construe the Plan, and to determine all claims for benefits, subject to the requirements of ERISA. For this purpose, the Administrator shall have discretionary authority:

 

(a) To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

 

(b) To interpret and construe the plan, its interpretation and construction thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan;

 

(c) To decide all questions concerning the Plan and the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan;

 

(d) To compute the amount of benefits which will be payable to any Participant accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and to determine the person or persons to whom such benefits will be paid;

 

(e) To authorize the payment of benefits;

 

(f) To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants and actuaries as may be required to assist in administering the Plan; and

 

(g) To allocate and delegate its responsibilities under the Plan and to designate other persons to carry out any of its responsibilities under the Plan, and such allocation, delegation or designation to be by written instrument and in accordance with Section 405 of ERISA.

 

13


The interpretations and determinations of the Administrator shall be final and binding and are not required to be uniform among similarly situated individuals. The Administrator also reserves the right to provide additional benefits, in the Administrator’s sole discretion. Determinations to be made in the discretion of the Company are made by the Company in its non-fiduciary capacity, with regard to the best interests of the Company, and are not required to be uniform among similarly situated individuals. In administering the Plan, the Administrator shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to rely conclusively on all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports which are furnished by any accountant, counsel or other expert who is employed or engaged by the Administrator. Schwab shall be the “named fiduciary” for purposes of section 402(a)(1) of ERISA with authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, and shall be responsible for complying with all of the reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA.

 

8.2 Claims for Benefits. No person shall be entitled to benefits under this Plan unless the Administrator has determined that he or she is entitled to them. All applications for benefits, and all inquiries concerning the Plan or present or future rights to benefits under the Plan, must be submitted to the Administrator in accordance with the established claims procedure set forth in the summary plan description. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no person shall have a colorable claim for vested or unvested benefits under this Plan unless the Administrator (i) has determined that the person has incurred a Job Elimination; and (ii) has issued to the person a Notice of Eligibility.

 

8.3 Indemnification. The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law any employee serving as or on behalf of the Administrator or as a member of a committee designated as Administrator (including any employee or former employee who formerly served as Administrator or as a member of such committee) against all liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Company) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, if such act or omission is in good faith.

 

ARTICLE 9 - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

The Plan and/or any of its terms may be amended, suspended or terminated at any time with or without prior notice by action of the Board of Directors of Schwab or the Company or their respective delegates. Schwab’s Executive Vice President – Human Resources shall have the authority to adopt amendments that do not materially increase the cost of the Plan.

 

14


ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS

 

Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine terminology used herein shall also include the feminine and vice versa, and the definition of any term herein in the singular shall also include the plural, and vice versa.

 

This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Company and any Eligible Employee or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment of any Eligible Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Eligible Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Company or to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge any Eligible Employee at any time, irrespective of the effect which such discharge shall have upon such individual as an Eligible Employee of this Plan.

 

This Plan shall be construed and enforced according to federal law, except where not preempted, by the laws of the State of California other than its laws respecting choice of law.

 

ARTICLE 11 - EXECUTION

 

To record the amendment and restatement of the Plan to read as set forth herein effective as of January 1, 2006, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. has caused its authorized officer to execute the same this 10th day of October, 2005.

 

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC.

/s/ Charles R. Schwab


Charles R. Schwab

 

15


APPENDIX A

 

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

Charles Schwab Bank, National Association

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.

CyBerCorp Holdings, Inc.

CyberTrader, Inc

Mayer & Schweitzer, Inc.

Schwab Performance Technologies, Inc.

Schwab Holdings, Inc.

Schwab International Holdings, Inc.

The Charles Schwab Trust Company

Schwab Retirement Plan Services, Inc.

Schwab Retirement Technologies, Inc.

Schwab (SIS) Holdings, Inc. I

U.S. Trust Corporation

CTC Consulting, Inc.

Fernhill Holding, Inc.

Fund Five Financial, Inc.

U.S. Trust Company of Delaware

U.S. Trust Company, National Association

Excelsior LaSalle Property Fund, Inc.

U.S. Trust Hedge Fund Management, Inc.

United States Trust Company of New York

United States Trust Company International Corporation

UST Mortgage Company

Co-Op Holdings, Inc.

UST Securities Corp.

UST Advisers, Inc.

US Trust Technology and Support Services, Inc.

 

A-1

EX-10.285 5 dex10285.htm AMENDMENT TO THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN Amendment to the Charles Schwab Corporation Long Term Incentive Plan

Exhibit 10.285

 

AMENDMENT

TO THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Section 9(a) of The Charles Schwab Corporation Long Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) is amended in its entirety to read as follows, effective for target awards made on or after July 19, 2004:

 

  “(a) Death or Disability. If a Participant’s employment is terminated as a result of death or disability at any time after the first two years of a Performance Period (and before completion of the Performance Period), such Participant or Participant’s estate shall be entitled to receive the entire Award such Participant would have been entitled to, based on Company performance and payable at the time Awards are paid to all other Participants for such Performance Period. If a Participant’s employment is terminated as a result of death or disability at any time during the first two years of a Performance Period (and before completion of the Performance Period), such Participant shall be entitled to receive a pro-rated Award, based on the number of whole months in the Performance Period prior to the Participant’s termination and payable at the time Awards are paid to all other Participants for such Performance Period.”
EX-12.1 6 dex121.htm COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

EXHIBIT 12.1

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(Dollar amounts in millions, unaudited)

 

Year Ended December 31,


   2005

   2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

Earnings from continuing operations before taxes on earnings and extraordinary gain

   $ 1,185    $ 645    $ 717    $ 249    $ 128
    

  

  

  

  

Fixed charges

                                  

Interest expense:

                                  

Brokerage client cash balances

     378      113      76      164      678

Deposits from banking clients

     223      105      96      94      128

Long-term debt

     34      32      35      46      55

Short-term borrowings

     32      18      13      20      27

Other

     20      9      20      7      22
    

  

  

  

  

Total

     687      277      240      331      910

Interest portion of rental expense

     73      82      87      82      88
    

  

  

  

  

Total fixed charges (A)

     760      359      327      413      998
    

  

  

  

  

Earnings from continuing operations before taxes on earnings, extraordinary gain and fixed charges (B)

   $   1,945    $   1,004    $   1,044    $   662    $   1,126
    

  

  

  

  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (B) ÷ (A)(1)

     2.6      2.8      3.2      1.6      1.1

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges excluding brokerage and banking client interest expense(2)

     8.5      5.6      5.6      2.6      1.7

(1) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated in accordance with SEC requirements. For such purposes, “earnings” consist of earnings from continuing operations before taxes on earnings, extraordinary gain and fixed charges. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense as listed above, including one-third of rental expense, which is estimated to be representative of the interest factor.

 

(2) Because interest expense incurred in connection with both payables to brokerage clients and deposits from banking clients is completely offset by interest revenue on related investments and margin loans, the Company considers such interest to be an operating expense. Accordingly, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges excluding brokerage and banking client interest expense reflects the elimination of such interest expense as a fixed charge.
EX-21.1 7 dex211.htm SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT Subsidiaries of the Registrant

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

EXHIBIT 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Pursuant to Item 601 (b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant have been omitted which, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary (as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X) as of December 31, 2005.

 

The following is a listing of the significant subsidiaries of the Registrant:

 

Schwab Holdings, Inc. (holding company for Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.), a Delaware corporation

 

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., a California corporation

 

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

U.S. Trust Corporation (holding company for United States Trust Company of New York), a New York corporation

 

United States Trust Company of New York, a New York corporation

 

Charles Schwab Bank, National Association, a Nevada corporation

 

UST Mortgage Company, a Florida corporation

 

Other subsidiaries of the Registrant include:

 

The Charles Schwab Trust Company, a California corporation

 

U.S. Trust Company, National Association, a Connecticut corporation

EX-23.1 8 dex231.htm INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM'S CONSENT Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm's Consent

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of The Charles Schwab Corporation of our report dated February 23, 2006, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of The Charles Schwab Corporation and management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Charles Schwab Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

Filed on Form S-3:

    

Registration Statement No. 333-114729

   (Debt Securities, Junior Subordinated Debentures, Preferred Stock, Depositary Shares, Common Stock, Warrants, Purchase Contracts, and Units Consisting of Two or More Securities)

Registration Statement No. 333-32084

   (Common stock registered pursuant to the acquisition of CyBerCorp Holdings, Inc.)

Registration Statement No. 333-36410

   (Debt Securities)

Registration Statement No. 333-50812

   (Common stock registered pursuant to the acquisition of Chicago Investment Analytics, Inc.)

Filed on Form S-4:

    

Registration Statement No. 333-30886

   (Common stock registered pursuant to the acquisition of U.S. Trust Corporation)

Registration Statement No. 333-48764

   (Registration of common stock)

Filed on Form S-8:

    

Registration Statement No. 333-131502

   (The Charles Schwab Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan II)

Registration Statement No. 333-101992

   (The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan)

Registration Statement No. 333-44793

   (Charles Schwab Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan)

Registration Statement No. 333-48335

   (The Charles Schwab Corporation Employee Stock Incentive Plan)

Registration Statement No. 333-93125

   (The Charles Schwab Corporation Employee Stock Incentive Plan)

Registration Statement No. 333-32058

   (CyBerCorp Holdings, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan)

Registration Statement No. 333-59280

   (The Charles Schwab Corporation Employee Stock Incentive Plan)

Registration Statement No. 333-63452

   (The Charles Schwab Corporation Employee Stock Incentive Plan)

Registration Statement No. 333-63448

   (The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan)

Registration Statement No. 333-71322

   (The SchwabPlan Retirement Savings and Investment Plan)

Registration Statement No. 333-81840

   (The Charles Schwab Corporation Employee Stock Incentive Plan)

Registration Statement No. 333-47107

   (The Charles Schwab Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan)

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California

February 23, 2006

EX-31.1 9 dex311.htm CERTIFICATION - SECTION 302 Certification - Section 302

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Charles R. Schwab, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Charles Schwab Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 23, 2006

     

/s/ Charles R. Schwab                                                                 

       

Charles R. Schwab

       

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2 10 dex312.htm CERTIFICATION - SECTION 302 Certification - Section 302

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Christopher V. Dodds, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Charles Schwab Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 23, 2006

     

/s/ Christopher V. Dodds                                                         

       

Christopher V. Dodds

       

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1 11 dex321.htm CERTIFICATION - SECTION 906 Certification - Section 906

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of The Charles Schwab Corporation (the Company) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the Report), I, Charles R. Schwab, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented therein.

 

/s/ Charles R. Schwab                                                              

     

Date: February 23, 2006

Charles R. Schwab

       

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

       

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to The Charles Schwab Corporation and will be retained by The Charles Schwab Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2 12 dex322.htm CERTIFICATION - SECITON 906 Certification - Seciton 906

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

 

Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of The Charles Schwab Corporation (the Company) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the Report), I, Christopher V. Dodds, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented therein.

 

/s/ Christopher V. Dodds                                                              

     

Date: February 23, 2006

Christopher V. Dodds

       

Executive Vice President and

       

Chief Financial Officer

       

 

 

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to The Charles Schwab Corporation and will be retained by The Charles Schwab Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----